File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 3711, column 9 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||||||
2 | // | ||||||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||||||
6 | // | ||||||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
8 | // | ||||||||
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||||||
10 | // | ||||||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||||||
12 | |||||||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||||||
37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||||||
38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||||||
39 | |||||||||
40 | using namespace clang; | ||||||||
41 | using namespace sema; | ||||||||
42 | |||||||||
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||||||
44 | |||||||||
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||||||
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||||||
48 | }); | ||||||||
49 | } | ||||||||
50 | |||||||||
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||||||
52 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
53 | CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
54 | const Expr *Base, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||||||
55 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||||||
56 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){ | ||||||||
57 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||||||
58 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
59 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||||||
60 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||||||
61 | // called on both. | ||||||||
62 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||||||
63 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||||||
64 | // being used. | ||||||||
65 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||||||
66 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
67 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||||||
68 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||||||
69 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||||||
70 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||||||
71 | |||||||||
72 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||||||
73 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||||||
74 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||||||
75 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||||||
76 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||||||
77 | } | ||||||||
78 | } | ||||||||
79 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||||||
80 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||||||
81 | } | ||||||||
82 | |||||||||
83 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
84 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
85 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
86 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
87 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
88 | |||||||||
89 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||||
90 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||||
91 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
92 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
93 | bool CStyle); | ||||||||
94 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
95 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
96 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||||||
97 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||||||
98 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
99 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||||
100 | |||||||||
101 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
102 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
104 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
105 | |||||||||
106 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
107 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
109 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
110 | |||||||||
111 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
112 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
114 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||||||
115 | |||||||||
116 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||||||
117 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||||||
118 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||||
119 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||||||
120 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||||
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
126 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||||||
127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
129 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||||||
130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
140 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
141 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||||||
142 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||||||
143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
144 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||||||
145 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||||||
146 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||||||
147 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||||||
148 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||||||
149 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||||||
150 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||||||
151 | }; | ||||||||
152 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||||||
153 | } | ||||||||
154 | |||||||||
155 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||||||
156 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||||||
157 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||||||
158 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||||||
159 | "No conversion", | ||||||||
160 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||||||
161 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||||||
162 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||||||
163 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||||||
164 | "Qualification", | ||||||||
165 | "Integral promotion", | ||||||||
166 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||||||
167 | "Complex promotion", | ||||||||
168 | "Integral conversion", | ||||||||
169 | "Floating conversion", | ||||||||
170 | "Complex conversion", | ||||||||
171 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||||||
172 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||||||
173 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||||||
174 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||||||
175 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||||||
176 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||||||
177 | "Vector conversion", | ||||||||
178 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||||||
179 | "Vector splat", | ||||||||
180 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||||||
181 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||||||
182 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||||||
183 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||||||
184 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||||||
185 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||||||
186 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||||||
187 | }; | ||||||||
188 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||||||
189 | } | ||||||||
190 | |||||||||
191 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||||||
192 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||||||
193 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||||||
194 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
195 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
196 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
197 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||||
198 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||||
199 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||||||
200 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||||||
201 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||||||
202 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
203 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||||||
204 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
205 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
206 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
207 | } | ||||||||
208 | |||||||||
209 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
210 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||||||
211 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||||||
212 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||||||
213 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||||||
214 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||||||
215 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||||||
216 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||||||
217 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||||||
218 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||||||
219 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||||||
220 | return Rank; | ||||||||
221 | } | ||||||||
222 | |||||||||
223 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||||||
224 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||||||
225 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||||||
226 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||||
227 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||||||
228 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||||
229 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||||||
230 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||||||
231 | // a pointer. | ||||||||
232 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
233 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||||||
234 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||||||
235 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||||||
236 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
237 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||||||
238 | return true; | ||||||||
239 | |||||||||
240 | return false; | ||||||||
241 | } | ||||||||
242 | |||||||||
243 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||||||
244 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||||||
245 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||||||
246 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||||||
247 | bool | ||||||||
248 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||||||
249 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||||||
250 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||||||
251 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||||
252 | |||||||||
253 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||||||
254 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||||||
255 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||||||
256 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
257 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||||
258 | |||||||||
259 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||||||
260 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
261 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||||||
262 | |||||||||
263 | return false; | ||||||||
264 | } | ||||||||
265 | |||||||||
266 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||||||
267 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||||||
268 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||||||
269 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||||||
270 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||||||
271 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||||||
272 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||||||
273 | Expr *Inner = | ||||||||
274 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||||||
275 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||||||
276 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||||||
277 | } | ||||||||
278 | |||||||||
279 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||||||
280 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||||||
281 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||||||
282 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||||||
283 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||||||
284 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||||||
285 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||||||
286 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||||||
287 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||||||
288 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||||||
289 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||||||
290 | continue; | ||||||||
291 | |||||||||
292 | default: | ||||||||
293 | return Converted; | ||||||||
294 | } | ||||||||
295 | } | ||||||||
296 | |||||||||
297 | return Converted; | ||||||||
298 | } | ||||||||
299 | |||||||||
300 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||||||
301 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||||||
302 | /// | ||||||||
303 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||||||
304 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||||||
305 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||||
306 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
307 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||||||
308 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
309 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||||||
310 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||||||
311 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||||||
312 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||||||
313 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||||||
314 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")((Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
315 | |||||||||
316 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||||||
317 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||||||
318 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||||||
319 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||||||
320 | |||||||||
321 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||||||
322 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||||||
323 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||||||
324 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||||||
325 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
326 | |||||||||
327 | switch (Second) { | ||||||||
328 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||||||
329 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||||
330 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||||||
331 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||||||
332 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||||||
333 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||||||
334 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||||||
335 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||||
336 | |||||||||
337 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||||||
338 | // | ||||||||
339 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||||||
340 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||||||
341 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||||||
342 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||||||
343 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||||
344 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||||||
345 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||||||
346 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||||||
347 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
348 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
349 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||||||
350 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
351 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
352 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")((Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 352, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
353 | |||||||||
354 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
355 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
356 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
357 | |||||||||
358 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||||||
359 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||||||
360 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||||||
361 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||||||
362 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||||||
363 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||||||
364 | // And back. | ||||||||
365 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||||||
366 | bool ignored; | ||||||||
367 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||||||
368 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||||||
369 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
370 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||||||
371 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||||||
372 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
373 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
374 | } | ||||||||
375 | } else { | ||||||||
376 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||||||
377 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
378 | } | ||||||||
379 | } | ||||||||
380 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
381 | |||||||||
382 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||||||
383 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||||
384 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||||||
385 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||||||
386 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||||
387 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||||
388 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||||||
389 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||||||
390 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
391 | |||||||||
392 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
393 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
394 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
395 | |||||||||
396 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||||||
397 | // Constant! | ||||||||
398 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())((ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
399 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||||||
400 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||||||
401 | bool ignored; | ||||||||
402 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||||||
403 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||||||
404 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||||||
405 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||||||
406 | // values that can be represented. | ||||||||
407 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||||||
408 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
409 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
410 | } | ||||||||
411 | } else { | ||||||||
412 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
413 | } | ||||||||
414 | } | ||||||||
415 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
416 | |||||||||
417 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||||||
418 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||||||
419 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||||||
420 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||||||
421 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||||||
422 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||||||
423 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||||||
424 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 424, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
425 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())((ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 425, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
426 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
427 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||||||
428 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
429 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||||||
430 | |||||||||
431 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||||||
432 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||||||
433 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||||||
434 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||||||
435 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||||||
436 | |||||||||
437 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||||||
438 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
439 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||||||
440 | |||||||||
441 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||||||
442 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||||||
443 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||||||
444 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||||||
445 | } | ||||||||
446 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||||||
447 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||||||
448 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||||||
449 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||||||
450 | // narrowing. | ||||||||
451 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||||||
452 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||||
453 | } else { | ||||||||
454 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||||||
455 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||||||
456 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||||||
457 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||||||
458 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||||||
459 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||||||
460 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||||||
461 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||||||
462 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||||||
463 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||||||
464 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||||||
465 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||||||
466 | Narrowing = true; | ||||||||
467 | } | ||||||||
468 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||||||
469 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||||||
470 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||||||
471 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||||||
472 | } | ||||||||
473 | } | ||||||||
474 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
475 | } | ||||||||
476 | |||||||||
477 | default: | ||||||||
478 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||||||
479 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||||||
480 | } | ||||||||
481 | } | ||||||||
482 | |||||||||
483 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
484 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
485 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
486 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
487 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||||||
488 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
489 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||||||
490 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
491 | } | ||||||||
492 | |||||||||
493 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
494 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
495 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
496 | } | ||||||||
497 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||||||
498 | |||||||||
499 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||||||
500 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||||||
501 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||||||
502 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||||||
503 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
504 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||||||
505 | } | ||||||||
506 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
507 | } | ||||||||
508 | |||||||||
509 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||||||
510 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
511 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
512 | } | ||||||||
513 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||||||
514 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||||||
515 | } | ||||||||
516 | |||||||||
517 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||||||
518 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||||||
519 | } | ||||||||
520 | } | ||||||||
521 | |||||||||
522 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
523 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
524 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
525 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
526 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||||||
527 | Before.dump(); | ||||||||
528 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
529 | } | ||||||||
530 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||||||
531 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||||||
532 | else | ||||||||
533 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||||||
534 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||||||
535 | OS << " -> "; | ||||||||
536 | After.dump(); | ||||||||
537 | } | ||||||||
538 | } | ||||||||
539 | |||||||||
540 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||||||
541 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||||||
542 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||||||
543 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||||||
544 | if (isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
545 | OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: "; | ||||||||
546 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||||||
547 | case StandardConversion: | ||||||||
548 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||||||
549 | Standard.dump(); | ||||||||
550 | break; | ||||||||
551 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
552 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||||||
553 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||||||
554 | break; | ||||||||
555 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
556 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||||||
557 | break; | ||||||||
558 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
559 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||||||
560 | break; | ||||||||
561 | case BadConversion: | ||||||||
562 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||||||
563 | break; | ||||||||
564 | } | ||||||||
565 | |||||||||
566 | OS << "\n"; | ||||||||
567 | } | ||||||||
568 | |||||||||
569 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||||||
570 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||||||
571 | } | ||||||||
572 | |||||||||
573 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||||||
574 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||||||
575 | } | ||||||||
576 | |||||||||
577 | void | ||||||||
578 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||||||
579 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||||||
580 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||||||
581 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||||||
582 | } | ||||||||
583 | |||||||||
584 | namespace { | ||||||||
585 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||||
586 | // template argument information. | ||||||||
587 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||||||
588 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||||||
589 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||||||
590 | }; | ||||||||
591 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||||||
592 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||||||
593 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||||||
594 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||||||
595 | }; | ||||||||
596 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||||||
597 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||||||
598 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||||||
599 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
600 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
601 | }; | ||||||||
602 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||||||
603 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||||||
604 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||||||
605 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
606 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||||||
607 | }; | ||||||||
608 | } | ||||||||
609 | |||||||||
610 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||||||
611 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||||||
612 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||||||
613 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
614 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||||||
615 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||||||
616 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||||||
617 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||||||
618 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
619 | switch (TDK) { | ||||||||
620 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
621 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
623 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
624 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
625 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
626 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
627 | break; | ||||||||
628 | |||||||||
629 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
630 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
631 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||||||
632 | break; | ||||||||
633 | |||||||||
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
635 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||||||
636 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
637 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||||||
638 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
639 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
640 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||||
641 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
642 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
643 | break; | ||||||||
644 | } | ||||||||
645 | |||||||||
646 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||||||
647 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
648 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||||||
649 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
650 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
651 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
652 | break; | ||||||||
653 | } | ||||||||
654 | |||||||||
655 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
656 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||||||
657 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
658 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||||||
659 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||||||
660 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||||||
661 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||||||
662 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||||||
663 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||||||
664 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
665 | break; | ||||||||
666 | } | ||||||||
667 | |||||||||
668 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
669 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||||||
670 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
671 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||||||
672 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||||||
673 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||||||
674 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||||||
675 | } | ||||||||
676 | break; | ||||||||
677 | |||||||||
678 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||||||
679 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||||||
680 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||||||
681 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||||||
682 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||||||
683 | break; | ||||||||
684 | } | ||||||||
685 | |||||||||
686 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
687 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||||||
689 | } | ||||||||
690 | |||||||||
691 | return Result; | ||||||||
692 | } | ||||||||
693 | |||||||||
694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||||||
695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
705 | break; | ||||||||
706 | |||||||||
707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||||||
714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
715 | break; | ||||||||
716 | |||||||||
717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||||
719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||||
722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
723 | } | ||||||||
724 | break; | ||||||||
725 | |||||||||
726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||||||
728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||||||
729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||||||
730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||||||
731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||||||
732 | } | ||||||||
733 | break; | ||||||||
734 | |||||||||
735 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
737 | break; | ||||||||
738 | } | ||||||||
739 | } | ||||||||
740 | |||||||||
741 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||||||
742 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||||||
743 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||||||
744 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
745 | } | ||||||||
746 | |||||||||
747 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||||||
748 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
749 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
750 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
751 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
752 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
753 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
754 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
755 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
757 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
758 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
759 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
760 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
761 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
762 | |||||||||
763 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
764 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
765 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||||||
766 | |||||||||
767 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
768 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
769 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
770 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||||||
771 | |||||||||
772 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
773 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
774 | break; | ||||||||
775 | } | ||||||||
776 | |||||||||
777 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||||||
778 | } | ||||||||
779 | |||||||||
780 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||||||
781 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
782 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
783 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
784 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
785 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
786 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
787 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
788 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
789 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
790 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
791 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
792 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
793 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
795 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
796 | |||||||||
797 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
798 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
799 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
800 | |||||||||
801 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
802 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||||||
803 | |||||||||
804 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
805 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||||||
806 | |||||||||
807 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
808 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
809 | break; | ||||||||
810 | } | ||||||||
811 | |||||||||
812 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
813 | } | ||||||||
814 | |||||||||
815 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||||||
816 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
817 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
818 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
819 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
820 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
821 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
822 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
823 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
824 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
825 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
826 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
827 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
828 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
829 | |||||||||
830 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
831 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
832 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
833 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
834 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
835 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
836 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||||||
837 | |||||||||
838 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
839 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
840 | break; | ||||||||
841 | } | ||||||||
842 | |||||||||
843 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
844 | } | ||||||||
845 | |||||||||
846 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||||||
847 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
848 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||||||
849 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||||||
850 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||||||
851 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||||||
852 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||||||
853 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||||||
854 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||||||
855 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||||||
856 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||||||
857 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||||||
858 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||||||
859 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||||||
860 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
861 | |||||||||
862 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||||||
863 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||||||
864 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
865 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
866 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
867 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||||||
868 | |||||||||
869 | // Unhandled | ||||||||
870 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||||||
871 | break; | ||||||||
872 | } | ||||||||
873 | |||||||||
874 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
875 | } | ||||||||
876 | |||||||||
877 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||||||
878 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||||||
879 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||||||
880 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||||||
881 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||||||
882 | |||||||||
883 | default: | ||||||||
884 | return llvm::None; | ||||||||
885 | } | ||||||||
886 | } | ||||||||
887 | |||||||||
888 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
889 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||||||
890 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||||||
891 | return false; | ||||||||
892 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||||||
893 | } | ||||||||
894 | |||||||||
895 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||||||
896 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||||||
897 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||||||
898 | return false; | ||||||||
899 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||||||
900 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||||||
901 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||||||
902 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||||||
903 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||||||
904 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
905 | } | ||||||||
906 | |||||||||
907 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||||||
908 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||||||
909 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||||||
910 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||||||
911 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||||||
912 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||||||
913 | } | ||||||||
914 | } | ||||||||
915 | |||||||||
916 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||||||
917 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||||||
918 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||||||
919 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||||||
920 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||||||
921 | Functions.clear(); | ||||||||
922 | Kind = CSK; | ||||||||
923 | } | ||||||||
924 | |||||||||
925 | namespace { | ||||||||
926 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||||||
927 | struct Entry { | ||||||||
928 | Expr **Addr; | ||||||||
929 | Expr *Saved; | ||||||||
930 | }; | ||||||||
931 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||||||
932 | |||||||||
933 | public: | ||||||||
934 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||||||
935 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))((E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 935, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
936 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||||||
937 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||||||
938 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||||||
939 | } | ||||||||
940 | |||||||||
941 | void restore() { | ||||||||
942 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||||||
943 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
944 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||||||
945 | } | ||||||||
946 | }; | ||||||||
947 | } | ||||||||
948 | |||||||||
949 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||||||
950 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||||||
951 | /// | ||||||||
952 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||||||
953 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||||||
954 | /// | ||||||||
955 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||||||
956 | static bool | ||||||||
957 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||||||
958 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||||||
959 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||||||
960 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||||||
961 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||||||
962 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||||||
963 | |||||||||
964 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||||||
965 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||||||
966 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||||||
967 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||||||
968 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||||||
969 | return false; | ||||||||
970 | } | ||||||||
971 | |||||||||
972 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||||||
973 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||||||
974 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
975 | return true; | ||||||||
976 | |||||||||
977 | E = result.get(); | ||||||||
978 | return false; | ||||||||
979 | } | ||||||||
980 | |||||||||
981 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
982 | return false; | ||||||||
983 | } | ||||||||
984 | |||||||||
985 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||||||
986 | /// placeholders. | ||||||||
987 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, | ||||||||
988 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||||||
989 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||||||
990 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||||||
991 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||||||
992 | return true; | ||||||||
993 | |||||||||
994 | return false; | ||||||||
995 | } | ||||||||
996 | |||||||||
997 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||||||
998 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||||||
999 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||||||
1000 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||||||
1001 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||||||
1002 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||||||
1003 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||||||
1004 | /// declaration. | ||||||||
1005 | /// | ||||||||
1006 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||||||
1007 | /// | ||||||||
1008 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||||||
1009 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||||||
1010 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||||||
1011 | /// | ||||||||
1012 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||||||
1013 | /// will not be used. | ||||||||
1014 | /// | ||||||||
1015 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||||||
1016 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||||||
1017 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||||||
1018 | /// unchanged. | ||||||||
1019 | /// | ||||||||
1020 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||||||
1021 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||||||
1022 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||||||
1023 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||||||
1024 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||||||
1025 | /// | ||||||||
1026 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||||||
1027 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||||||
1028 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||||||
1029 | /// signature. | ||||||||
1030 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||||||
1031 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||||||
1032 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||||
1033 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||||||
1034 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
1035 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||||||
1036 | |||||||||
1037 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||||||
1038 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1039 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||||||
1040 | |||||||||
1041 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||||||
1042 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||||||
1043 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||||||
1044 | |||||||||
1045 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
1046 | } | ||||||||
1047 | |||||||||
1048 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||||||
1049 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||||||
1050 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||||||
1051 | continue; | ||||||||
1052 | |||||||||
1053 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||||||
1054 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||||||
1055 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||||||
1056 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||||||
1057 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||||||
1058 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||||||
1059 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||||||
1060 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||||||
1061 | |||||||||
1062 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||||||
1063 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||||||
1064 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||||||
1065 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||||||
1066 | continue; | ||||||||
1067 | } | ||||||||
1068 | |||||||||
1069 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||||||
1070 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||||||
1071 | continue; | ||||||||
1072 | |||||||||
1073 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1074 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||||
1075 | } | ||||||||
1076 | |||||||||
1077 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||||||
1078 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||||||
1079 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||||||
1080 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1081 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
1082 | } | ||||||||
1083 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1084 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||||||
1085 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||||||
1086 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)((Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1086, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1087 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1088 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||||||
1089 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||||||
1090 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||||||
1091 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||||||
1092 | // template instantiation. | ||||||||
1093 | // | ||||||||
1094 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||||||
1095 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||||||
1096 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||||||
1097 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1098 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
1099 | } | ||||||||
1100 | } else { | ||||||||
1101 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||||||
1102 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||||||
1103 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||||||
1104 | Match = *I; | ||||||||
1105 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||||||
1106 | } | ||||||||
1107 | } | ||||||||
1108 | |||||||||
1109 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||||||
1110 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||||||
1111 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||||||
1112 | // [...], otherwise | ||||||||
1113 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||||||
1114 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||||||
1115 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||||||
1116 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||||||
1117 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||||||
1118 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||||||
1119 | // template, otherwise | ||||||||
1120 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||||||
1121 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||||||
1122 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||||||
1123 | // until instantiation. | ||||||||
1124 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||||||
1125 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||||||
1126 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||||||
1127 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||||||
1128 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||||||
1129 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||||||
1130 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||||||
1131 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||||||
1132 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
1133 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||||
1134 | } | ||||||||
1135 | |||||||||
1136 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||||||
1137 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||||||
1138 | } | ||||||||
1139 | |||||||||
1140 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||||||
1141 | } | ||||||||
1142 | |||||||||
1143 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||||||
1144 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||||||
1145 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||||
1146 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||||||
1147 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||||||
1148 | return false; | ||||||||
1149 | |||||||||
1150 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||||||
1151 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||||||
1152 | return false; | ||||||||
1153 | |||||||||
1154 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||||
1155 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||||||
1156 | |||||||||
1157 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||||||
1158 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||||||
1159 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||||||
1160 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||||||
1161 | return true; | ||||||||
1162 | |||||||||
1163 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||||||
1164 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||||||
1165 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||||||
1166 | |||||||||
1167 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||||||
1168 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||||||
1169 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||||||
1170 | |||||||||
1171 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||||||
1172 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||||||
1173 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||||||
1174 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||||||
1175 | return false; | ||||||||
1176 | |||||||||
1177 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||||||
1178 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||||||
1179 | |||||||||
1180 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||||||
1181 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||||||
1182 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||||||
1183 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||||||
1184 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
1185 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
1186 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||||||
1187 | return true; | ||||||||
1188 | |||||||||
1189 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||||||
1190 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||||||
1191 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||||||
1192 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||||||
1193 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||||||
1194 | // signature. | ||||||||
1195 | // | ||||||||
1196 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||||||
1197 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||||||
1198 | // | ||||||||
1199 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||||||
1200 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||||||
1201 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||||||
1202 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||
1203 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||||||
1204 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||||||
1205 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||||||
1206 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||||||
1207 | return true; | ||||||||
1208 | |||||||||
1209 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||||||
1210 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||||||
1211 | // | ||||||||
1212 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||||||
1213 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||||||
1214 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||||||
1215 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||||||
1216 | // can be overloaded. | ||||||||
1217 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||||||
1218 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||||||
1219 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||||||
1220 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
1221 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||
1222 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||||||
1223 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||||||
1224 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||||||
1225 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||||||
1226 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||||||
1227 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||||||
1228 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||||||
1229 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||||||
1230 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||||||
1231 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||||||
1232 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||||||
1233 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||||||
1234 | } | ||||||||
1235 | return true; | ||||||||
1236 | } | ||||||||
1237 | |||||||||
1238 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||||||
1239 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||||||
1240 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||||||
1241 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||||||
1242 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
1243 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
1244 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||||||
1245 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||||||
1246 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||||||
1247 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||||||
1248 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||
1249 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||||||
1250 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||||||
1251 | return true; | ||||||||
1252 | } | ||||||||
1253 | |||||||||
1254 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||||||
1255 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||||||
1256 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||||||
1257 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||||||
1258 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||||||
1259 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||||||
1260 | return true; | ||||||||
1261 | |||||||||
1262 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||||||
1263 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||||||
1264 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
1265 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
1266 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||||||
1267 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||||||
1268 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||||||
1269 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||||||
1270 | return true; | ||||||||
1271 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||||
1272 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||||||
1273 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||||||
1274 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||||
1275 | return true; | ||||||||
1276 | } | ||||||||
1277 | |||||||||
1278 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||||||
1279 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||||||
1280 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||||||
1281 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||||||
1282 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||||||
1283 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||||||
1284 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||||||
1285 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1286 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1287 | |||||||||
1288 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||||||
1289 | // target attributes. | ||||||||
1290 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||||||
1291 | return true; | ||||||||
1292 | } | ||||||||
1293 | } | ||||||||
1294 | } | ||||||||
1295 | |||||||||
1296 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||||||
1297 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||||||
1298 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||||||
1299 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||||||
1300 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||||||
1301 | return true; | ||||||||
1302 | |||||||||
1303 | if (NewRC) { | ||||||||
1304 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||||||
1305 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||||
1306 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||||||
1307 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||||||
1308 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||||||
1309 | return true; | ||||||||
1310 | } | ||||||||
1311 | } | ||||||||
1312 | |||||||||
1313 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||||||
1314 | return false; | ||||||||
1315 | } | ||||||||
1316 | |||||||||
1317 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||||||
1318 | /// | ||||||||
1319 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||||||
1320 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||||||
1321 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
1322 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1323 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1324 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1325 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1326 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1327 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1328 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
1329 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
1330 | |||||||||
1331 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||||||
1332 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||||||
1333 | // we can perform. | ||||||||
1334 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
1335 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1336 | } | ||||||||
1337 | |||||||||
1338 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||||||
1339 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
1340 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
1341 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||||
1342 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1343 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||||||
1344 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
1345 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
1346 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
1347 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||||
1348 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||||
1349 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||||
1350 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||||
1351 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||||||
1352 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||||
1353 | // called for those cases. | ||||||||
1354 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||||
1355 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||||||
1356 | QualType FromCanon | ||||||||
1357 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
1358 | QualType ToCanon | ||||||||
1359 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1360 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||||||
1361 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||||||
1362 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||||||
1363 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||||||
1364 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||||||
1365 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||||||
1366 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
1367 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
1368 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||||
1369 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
1370 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||||||
1371 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||||||
1372 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||||||
1373 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
1374 | } | ||||||||
1375 | } | ||||||||
1376 | break; | ||||||||
1377 | |||||||||
1378 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
1379 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||||
1380 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||||||
1381 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||||||
1382 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||||||
1383 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||||
1384 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||||
1385 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
1386 | break; | ||||||||
1387 | |||||||||
1388 | // Fall through. | ||||||||
1389 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
1390 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
1391 | break; | ||||||||
1392 | } | ||||||||
1393 | |||||||||
1394 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1395 | } | ||||||||
1396 | |||||||||
1397 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||||||
1398 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||||||
1399 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||||||
1400 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||||||
1401 | /// | ||||||||
1402 | /// void f(float f); | ||||||||
1403 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||||||
1404 | /// | ||||||||
1405 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||||||
1406 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||||||
1407 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||||||
1408 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||||||
1409 | // | ||||||||
1410 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||||||
1411 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||||||
1412 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||||||
1413 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||||||
1414 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||||||
1415 | /// | ||||||||
1416 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||||||
1417 | /// not permitted. | ||||||||
1418 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||||||
1419 | /// permitted. | ||||||||
1420 | /// | ||||||||
1421 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||||||
1422 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||||||
1423 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||||||
1424 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
1425 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1426 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1427 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1428 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1429 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1430 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1431 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
1432 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
1433 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1434 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||||||
1435 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
1436 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1437 | } | ||||||||
1438 | |||||||||
1439 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||||||
1440 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
1441 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1442 | } | ||||||||
1443 | |||||||||
1444 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||||||
1445 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||||||
1446 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||||||
1447 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||||||
1448 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||||||
1449 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||||||
1450 | // called for those cases. | ||||||||
1451 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
1452 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||||
1453 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
1454 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||||||
1455 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
1456 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
1457 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
1458 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
1459 | |||||||||
1460 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||||||
1461 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||||||
1462 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||||||
1463 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||||||
1464 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
1465 | |||||||||
1466 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||||||
1467 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
1468 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
1469 | |||||||||
1470 | return ICS; | ||||||||
1471 | } | ||||||||
1472 | |||||||||
1473 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1474 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||||
1475 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1476 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||||||
1477 | } | ||||||||
1478 | |||||||||
1479 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
1480 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1481 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1482 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1483 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1484 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1485 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
1486 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||||||
1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1489 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
1490 | } | ||||||||
1491 | |||||||||
1492 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||||||
1493 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||||||
1494 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||||||
1495 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
1496 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||||||
1497 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1498 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||||||
1499 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
1500 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
1501 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
1502 | |||||||||
1503 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||||||
1504 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||||||
1505 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||||||
1506 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||||||
1507 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
1508 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||||
1509 | From->getType(), From); | ||||||||
1510 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||||||
1511 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||||||
1512 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
1513 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
1514 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
1515 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
1516 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
1517 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||||||
1518 | } | ||||||||
1519 | |||||||||
1520 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||||
1521 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||||||
1522 | /// type. | ||||||||
1523 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1524 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||||||
1525 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
1526 | return false; | ||||||||
1527 | |||||||||
1528 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||||||
1529 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||||||
1530 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||||||
1531 | // - a pointer | ||||||||
1532 | // - a member pointer | ||||||||
1533 | // - a block pointer | ||||||||
1534 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||||||
1535 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
1536 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
1537 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||||
1538 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||||
1539 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||||||
1540 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||||||
1541 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1542 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1543 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||||||
1544 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1545 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1546 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||||||
1547 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
1548 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
1549 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||||||
1550 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||||||
1551 | return false; | ||||||||
1552 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1553 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
1554 | } else { | ||||||||
1555 | return false; | ||||||||
1556 | } | ||||||||
1557 | |||||||||
1558 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||||||
1559 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||||||
1560 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||||||
1561 | return false; | ||||||||
1562 | } | ||||||||
1563 | |||||||||
1564 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||||||
1565 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
1566 | |||||||||
1567 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||||||
1568 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
1569 | |||||||||
1570 | bool Changed = false; | ||||||||
1571 | |||||||||
1572 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||||||
1573 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||||||
1574 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||||||
1575 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1576 | } | ||||||||
1577 | |||||||||
1578 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||||||
1579 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||||||
1580 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||||||
1581 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||||||
1582 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||||||
1583 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||||||
1584 | EST_None) | ||||||||
1585 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
1586 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1587 | } | ||||||||
1588 | |||||||||
1589 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||||||
1590 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||||||
1591 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||||||
1592 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||||
1593 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||||
1594 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||||||
1595 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||||||
1596 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||||||
1597 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||||||
1598 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||||||
1599 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||||||
1600 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
1601 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||||||
1602 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
1603 | Changed = true; | ||||||||
1604 | } | ||||||||
1605 | } | ||||||||
1606 | |||||||||
1607 | if (!Changed) | ||||||||
1608 | return false; | ||||||||
1609 | |||||||||
1610 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())((QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1610, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1611 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||||||
1612 | |||||||||
1613 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||||||
1614 | return true; | ||||||||
1615 | } | ||||||||
1616 | |||||||||
1617 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||||||
1618 | /// vector conversion. | ||||||||
1619 | /// | ||||||||
1620 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||||||
1621 | /// conversion. | ||||||||
1622 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
1623 | QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) { | ||||||||
1624 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||||||
1625 | // conversion. | ||||||||
1626 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||||||
1627 | return false; | ||||||||
1628 | |||||||||
1629 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||||||
1630 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
1631 | return false; | ||||||||
1632 | |||||||||
1633 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||||||
1634 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||||||
1635 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||||||
1636 | // identity conversion. | ||||||||
1637 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||||||
1638 | return false; | ||||||||
1639 | |||||||||
1640 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||||||
1641 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||||||
1642 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||||||
1643 | return true; | ||||||||
1644 | } | ||||||||
1645 | } | ||||||||
1646 | |||||||||
1647 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
1648 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
1649 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1650 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||||
1651 | return true; | ||||||||
1652 | } | ||||||||
1653 | |||||||||
1654 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||||||
1655 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||||||
1656 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||||||
1657 | // same size | ||||||||
1658 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||||||
1659 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||||||
1660 | // only | ||||||||
1661 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||||||
1662 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||||||
1663 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||||||
1664 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||||||
1665 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||||||
1666 | return true; | ||||||||
1667 | } | ||||||||
1668 | } | ||||||||
1669 | |||||||||
1670 | return false; | ||||||||
1671 | } | ||||||||
1672 | |||||||||
1673 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1674 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1675 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
1676 | bool CStyle); | ||||||||
1677 | |||||||||
1678 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||||||
1679 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||||||
1680 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||||||
1681 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||||||
1682 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||||||
1683 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||||||
1684 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||||||
1685 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||||||
1686 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
1687 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1688 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
1689 | bool CStyle, | ||||||||
1690 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
1691 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
1692 | |||||||||
1693 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||||||
1694 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
1695 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
1696 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
1697 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
1698 | |||||||||
1699 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||||||
1700 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||||||
1701 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
1702 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
1703 | return false; | ||||||||
1704 | |||||||||
1705 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||||||
1706 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||||||
1707 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||||||
1708 | |||||||||
1709 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
1710 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||||||
1711 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||||||
1712 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||||||
1713 | AccessPair)) { | ||||||||
1714 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||||||
1715 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||||||
1716 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
1717 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
1718 | |||||||||
1719 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||||||
1720 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||||||
1721 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
1722 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||||||
1723 | QualType resultTy; | ||||||||
1724 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||||||
1725 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||||||
1726 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||||||
1727 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||||||
1728 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||||||
1729 | return false; | ||||||||
1730 | } | ||||||||
1731 | |||||||||
1732 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||||||
1733 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||||||
1734 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||||||
1735 | // expression. | ||||||||
1736 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||||||
1737 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||||||
1738 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1739 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")((isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1739, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1740 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1741 | == UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1742 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1742, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1743 | const Type *ClassType | ||||||||
1744 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||||||
1745 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||||||
1746 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||||||
1747 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1748 | UO_AddrOf &&((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1749 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")((cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode () == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1749, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1750 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||||
1751 | } | ||||||||
1752 | |||||||||
1753 | // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution. | ||||||||
1754 | // FIXME: FixOverloadedFunctionReference has side-effects; we shouldn't | ||||||||
1755 | // be calling it from within an NDEBUG block. | ||||||||
1756 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1757 | FromType,((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
1758 | S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()))((S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference (From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType( FromType, S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 1758, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
1759 | } else { | ||||||||
1760 | return false; | ||||||||
1761 | } | ||||||||
1762 | } | ||||||||
1763 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||||||
1764 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||||||
1765 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||||||
1766 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||||||
1767 | if (argIsLValue && | ||||||||
1768 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||||||
1769 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
1770 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||||||
1771 | |||||||||
1772 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||||||
1773 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||||||
1774 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||||||
1775 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||||||
1776 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||||||
1777 | |||||||||
1778 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||||||
1779 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||||||
1780 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||||||
1781 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||||||
1782 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1783 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||||||
1784 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||||||
1785 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
1786 | |||||||||
1787 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||||||
1788 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||||||
1789 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||||||
1790 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||||||
1791 | |||||||||
1792 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1793 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||||||
1794 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||||||
1795 | |||||||||
1796 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||||||
1797 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||||||
1798 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||||||
1799 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||||||
1800 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1801 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||||
1802 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||||||
1803 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||||||
1804 | return true; | ||||||||
1805 | } | ||||||||
1806 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||||||
1807 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||||||
1808 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||||||
1809 | |||||||||
1810 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||||||
1811 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||||||
1812 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||||||
1813 | return false; | ||||||||
1814 | |||||||||
1815 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||||||
1816 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||||||
1817 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||||||
1818 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||||||
1819 | } else { | ||||||||
1820 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||||||
1821 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1822 | } | ||||||||
1823 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||||||
1824 | |||||||||
1825 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||||||
1826 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||||||
1827 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||||||
1828 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||||||
1829 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||||||
1830 | // conversion. | ||||||||
1831 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
1832 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1833 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1834 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||||||
1835 | // conversion to do. | ||||||||
1836 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1837 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1838 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||||||
1839 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||||||
1840 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1841 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1842 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||||||
1843 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||||||
1844 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1845 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
1846 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||||||
1847 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||||||
1848 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1849 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
1850 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||||||
1851 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||||||
1852 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||||||
1853 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||||||
1854 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||||||
1855 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||||||
1856 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||||||
1857 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
1858 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||||||
1859 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||||||
1860 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||||||
1861 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1862 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||||||
1863 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||||||
1864 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||||||
1865 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1866 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||||||
1867 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||||||
1868 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||||||
1869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||||||
1870 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1871 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||||||
1872 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if | ||||||||
1873 | // their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||||||
1874 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||||||
1875 | |||||||||
1876 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||||||
1877 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||||||
1878 | return false; | ||||||||
1879 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) != | ||||||||
1880 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) { | ||||||||
1881 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||||||
1882 | ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) || | ||||||||
1883 | (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||||||
1884 | ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty)); | ||||||||
1885 | if (Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||||||
1886 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||||||
1887 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||||||
1888 | return false; | ||||||||
1889 | } | ||||||||
1890 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||||||
1891 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||||||
1892 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1893 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||||||
1894 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||||||
1895 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
1896 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||||||
1897 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||||||
1898 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||||||
1899 | return false; | ||||||||
1900 | |||||||||
1901 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||||||
1902 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||||||
1903 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1904 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1905 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
1906 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||||||
1907 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1908 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||||||
1909 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1910 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
1911 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||||||
1912 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
1913 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||||
1914 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1915 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||||||
1916 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1917 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||||||
1918 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||||||
1919 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) { | ||||||||
1920 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||||||
1921 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1922 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
1923 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1924 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||||||
1925 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||||
1926 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
1927 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
1928 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
1929 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||||||
1930 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||||||
1931 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1932 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||||
1933 | CStyle)) { | ||||||||
1934 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
1935 | // appropriately. | ||||||||
1936 | return true; | ||||||||
1937 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||||||
1938 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||||
1939 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||||||
1940 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||||||
1941 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1942 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||||||
1943 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||||||
1944 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||||||
1945 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||||||
1946 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1947 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||||||
1948 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||||||
1949 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||||||
1950 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1951 | } else { | ||||||||
1952 | // No second conversion required. | ||||||||
1953 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1954 | } | ||||||||
1955 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||||||
1956 | |||||||||
1957 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||||||
1958 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||||||
1959 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
1960 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||||||
1961 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||||||
1962 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||||||
1963 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||||||
1964 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||||||
1965 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||||||
1966 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||||||
1967 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||||||
1968 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1969 | } else { | ||||||||
1970 | // No conversion required | ||||||||
1971 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
1972 | } | ||||||||
1973 | |||||||||
1974 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||||||
1975 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||||||
1976 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||||||
1977 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||||||
1978 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
1979 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
1980 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||||||
1981 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||||||
1982 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||||||
1983 | FromType = ToType; | ||||||||
1984 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||||||
1985 | } | ||||||||
1986 | |||||||||
1987 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||||||
1988 | |||||||||
1989 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||||||
1990 | return true; | ||||||||
1991 | |||||||||
1992 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||||||
1993 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||||||
1994 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||||||
1995 | return false; | ||||||||
1996 | |||||||||
1997 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||||||
1998 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||||||
1999 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||||||
2000 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||||||
2001 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||||||
2002 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||||||
2003 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||||||
2004 | switch (Conv) { | ||||||||
2005 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||||||
2006 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||||||
2007 | break; | ||||||||
2008 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||||||
2009 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||||||
2010 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||||||
2011 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||||||
2012 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||||||
2013 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||||||
2014 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||||||
2015 | break; | ||||||||
2016 | default: | ||||||||
2017 | return false; | ||||||||
2018 | } | ||||||||
2019 | |||||||||
2020 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||||||
2021 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||||||
2022 | // function. | ||||||||
2023 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||||||
2024 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||||||
2025 | |||||||||
2026 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||||||
2027 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||||||
2028 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||||||
2029 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||||||
2030 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
2031 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||||||
2032 | return true; | ||||||||
2033 | } | ||||||||
2034 | |||||||||
2035 | static bool | ||||||||
2036 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||||||
2037 | QualType &ToType, | ||||||||
2038 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
2039 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
2040 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||||
2041 | |||||||||
2042 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||||||
2043 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||||||
2044 | return false; | ||||||||
2045 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||||||
2046 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||||||
2047 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||||||
2048 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||||||
2049 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||||||
2050 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||||||
2051 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||||||
2052 | return true; | ||||||||
2053 | } | ||||||||
2054 | } | ||||||||
2055 | return false; | ||||||||
2056 | } | ||||||||
2057 | |||||||||
2058 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||||||
2059 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||||||
2060 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||||||
2061 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||||
2062 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2063 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||||||
2064 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||||||
2065 | if (!To) { | ||||||||
2066 | return false; | ||||||||
2067 | } | ||||||||
2068 | |||||||||
2069 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||||||
2070 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||||||
2071 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||||||
2072 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||||||
2073 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||||||
2074 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||||||
2075 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||||||
2076 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||||||
2077 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||||||
2078 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||||||
2079 | // less than int to an int. | ||||||||
2080 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||||||
2081 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||||
2082 | } | ||||||||
2083 | |||||||||
2084 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||||
2085 | } | ||||||||
2086 | |||||||||
2087 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||||||
2088 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||||||
2089 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||||||
2090 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||||||
2091 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||||||
2092 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||||||
2093 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||||||
2094 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||||||
2095 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||||||
2096 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||||||
2097 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||||||
2098 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||||||
2099 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||||||
2100 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||||
2101 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||||||
2102 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||||||
2103 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||||||
2104 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||||||
2105 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||||||
2106 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||||||
2107 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||||||
2108 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||||||
2109 | return false; | ||||||||
2110 | |||||||||
2111 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||||||
2112 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||||||
2113 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||||||
2114 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||||||
2115 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||||||
2116 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
2117 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||||||
2118 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||||||
2119 | } | ||||||||
2120 | |||||||||
2121 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||||||
2122 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||||||
2123 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||||||
2124 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||||||
2125 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||||||
2126 | |||||||||
2127 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||||||
2128 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||||||
2129 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||||||
2130 | // | ||||||||
2131 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||||||
2132 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||||||
2133 | return false; | ||||||||
2134 | } | ||||||||
2135 | |||||||||
2136 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||||||
2137 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||||||
2138 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||||||
2139 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||||||
2140 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||||||
2141 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||||||
2142 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||||||
2143 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||||||
2144 | // type. | ||||||||
2145 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||||||
2146 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||||||
2147 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||||||
2148 | // unsigned. | ||||||||
2149 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||||||
2150 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||||||
2151 | |||||||||
2152 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||||||
2153 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||||||
2154 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||||||
2155 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||||||
2156 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||||||
2157 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||||||
2158 | }; | ||||||||
2159 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||||||
2160 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||
2161 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||||||
2162 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||||||
2163 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||||||
2164 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||||||
2165 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||||||
2166 | // promotion. | ||||||||
2167 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||||||
2168 | } | ||||||||
2169 | } | ||||||||
2170 | } | ||||||||
2171 | |||||||||
2172 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||||||
2173 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||||||
2174 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||||||
2175 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||||||
2176 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||||||
2177 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||||||
2178 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||||||
2179 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||||||
2180 | // conversion. | ||||||||
2181 | // | ||||||||
2182 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||||||
2183 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||||||
2184 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||||||
2185 | // compatibility. | ||||||||
2186 | if (From) { | ||||||||
2187 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||||||
2188 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||||||
2189 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||||||
2190 | (BitWidth = | ||||||||
2191 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||||||
2192 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||||||
2193 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||||||
2194 | |||||||||
2195 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||||||
2196 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||||||
2197 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||||||
2198 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||||||
2199 | } | ||||||||
2200 | |||||||||
2201 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||||||
2202 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||||||
2203 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||||||
2204 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||||||
2205 | } | ||||||||
2206 | |||||||||
2207 | return false; | ||||||||
2208 | } | ||||||||
2209 | } | ||||||||
2210 | } | ||||||||
2211 | |||||||||
2212 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||||||
2213 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||||||
2214 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||||||
2215 | return true; | ||||||||
2216 | } | ||||||||
2217 | |||||||||
2218 | return false; | ||||||||
2219 | } | ||||||||
2220 | |||||||||
2221 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||||
2222 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||||||
2223 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||||||
2224 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2225 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||||||
2226 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||||||
2227 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||||||
2228 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||||||
2229 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||||||
2230 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||||||
2231 | return true; | ||||||||
2232 | |||||||||
2233 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||||||
2234 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||||||
2235 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||||||
2236 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
2237 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||||||
2238 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||||||
2239 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||||||
2240 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128)) | ||||||||
2241 | return true; | ||||||||
2242 | |||||||||
2243 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||||||
2244 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||||||
2245 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||||||
2246 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||||||
2247 | return true; | ||||||||
2248 | } | ||||||||
2249 | |||||||||
2250 | return false; | ||||||||
2251 | } | ||||||||
2252 | |||||||||
2253 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||||||
2254 | /// | ||||||||
2255 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||||||
2256 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||||||
2257 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||||||
2258 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2259 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
2260 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||||||
2261 | return false; | ||||||||
2262 | |||||||||
2263 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||||||
2264 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||||||
2265 | return false; | ||||||||
2266 | |||||||||
2267 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||||
2268 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||||||
2269 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||||||
2270 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||||||
2271 | } | ||||||||
2272 | |||||||||
2273 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||||||
2274 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||||||
2275 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||||||
2276 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||||||
2277 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||||||
2278 | /// | ||||||||
2279 | static QualType | ||||||||
2280 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||||||
2281 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2282 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
2283 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||||||
2284 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2285 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
2286 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr-> getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 2286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
2287 | |||||||||
2288 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||||||
2289 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||||||
2290 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2291 | |||||||||
2292 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||||||
2293 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
2294 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
2295 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2296 | |||||||||
2297 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||||||
2298 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
2299 | |||||||||
2300 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||||||
2301 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||||||
2302 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||||||
2303 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||||||
2304 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2305 | |||||||||
2306 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||||||
2307 | // already. | ||||||||
2308 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||||
2309 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
2310 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||||||
2311 | } | ||||||||
2312 | |||||||||
2313 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||||||
2314 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||||||
2315 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||||||
2316 | |||||||||
2317 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||||||
2318 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||||
2319 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||||||
2320 | } | ||||||||
2321 | |||||||||
2322 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||||||
2323 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
2324 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||||||
2325 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||||||
2326 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||||||
2327 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||||||
2328 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
2329 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||||||
2330 | |||||||||
2331 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
2332 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||||
2333 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||||||
2334 | } | ||||||||
2335 | |||||||||
2336 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||||
2337 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||||||
2338 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||||||
2339 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||||||
2340 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||||||
2341 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||||||
2342 | /// | ||||||||
2343 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||||||
2344 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||||||
2345 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||||||
2346 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||||||
2347 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||||||
2348 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||||||
2349 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||||||
2350 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||||||
2351 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||||||
2352 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2353 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
2354 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2355 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||||
2356 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
2357 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2358 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||||
2359 | return true; | ||||||||
2360 | |||||||||
2361 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
2362 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||||||
2363 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2364 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2365 | return true; | ||||||||
2366 | } | ||||||||
2367 | |||||||||
2368 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||||||
2369 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
2370 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
2371 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2372 | return true; | ||||||||
2373 | } | ||||||||
2374 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||||||
2375 | // pointer type. | ||||||||
2376 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||||||
2377 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2378 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2379 | return true; | ||||||||
2380 | } | ||||||||
2381 | |||||||||
2382 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||||||
2383 | // pointer constant. | ||||||||
2384 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||||||
2385 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2386 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2387 | return true; | ||||||||
2388 | } | ||||||||
2389 | |||||||||
2390 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
2391 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||||
2392 | return false; | ||||||||
2393 | |||||||||
2394 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||||||
2395 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||||||
2396 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2397 | return true; | ||||||||
2398 | } | ||||||||
2399 | |||||||||
2400 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||||||
2401 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||||||
2402 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2403 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||||||
2404 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||||||
2405 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||||||
2406 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), | ||||||||
2407 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2408 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2409 | return true; | ||||||||
2410 | } | ||||||||
2411 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
2412 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||||
2413 | return false; | ||||||||
2414 | |||||||||
2415 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2416 | |||||||||
2417 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||||||
2418 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||||||
2419 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
2420 | return false; | ||||||||
2421 | |||||||||
2422 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||||||
2423 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||||||
2424 | // 4.10p2). | ||||||||
2425 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||||||
2426 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
2427 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2428 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2429 | ToType, Context, | ||||||||
2430 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||||||
2431 | return true; | ||||||||
2432 | } | ||||||||
2433 | |||||||||
2434 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||||||
2435 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
2436 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
2437 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2438 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2439 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2440 | return true; | ||||||||
2441 | } | ||||||||
2442 | |||||||||
2443 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||||||
2444 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||||||
2445 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||||||
2446 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
2447 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2448 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2449 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2450 | return true; | ||||||||
2451 | } | ||||||||
2452 | |||||||||
2453 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||||||
2454 | // | ||||||||
2455 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||||||
2456 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||||||
2457 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||||||
2458 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||||||
2459 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||||||
2460 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||||||
2461 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||||||
2462 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||||||
2463 | // | ||||||||
2464 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||||||
2465 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||||||
2466 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
2467 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
2468 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||||||
2469 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
2470 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2471 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2472 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2473 | return true; | ||||||||
2474 | } | ||||||||
2475 | |||||||||
2476 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||||||
2477 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
2478 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||||||
2479 | ToPointeeType, | ||||||||
2480 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2481 | return true; | ||||||||
2482 | } | ||||||||
2483 | |||||||||
2484 | return false; | ||||||||
2485 | } | ||||||||
2486 | |||||||||
2487 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||||||
2488 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||||||
2489 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2490 | |||||||||
2491 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||||||
2492 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||||||
2493 | return T; | ||||||||
2494 | |||||||||
2495 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||||||
2496 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||||||
2497 | |||||||||
2498 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||||||
2499 | } | ||||||||
2500 | |||||||||
2501 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||||||
2502 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||||||
2503 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||||||
2504 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2505 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2506 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||||||
2507 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||||||
2508 | return false; | ||||||||
2509 | |||||||||
2510 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||||||
2511 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2512 | |||||||||
2513 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||||||
2514 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||||||
2515 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
2516 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||||||
2517 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
2518 | |||||||||
2519 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||||||
2520 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||||||
2521 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2522 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
2523 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
2524 | return false; | ||||||||
2525 | |||||||||
2526 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||||||
2527 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||||||
2528 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
2529 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||||||
2530 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||||||
2531 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||||||
2532 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||||||
2533 | return false; | ||||||||
2534 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||||
2535 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
2536 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2537 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2538 | return true; | ||||||||
2539 | } | ||||||||
2540 | |||||||||
2541 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||||||
2542 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||||||
2543 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||||||
2544 | // complain about it. | ||||||||
2545 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
2546 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||||||
2547 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
2548 | ToType, Context); | ||||||||
2549 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2550 | return true; | ||||||||
2551 | } | ||||||||
2552 | } | ||||||||
2553 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||||||
2554 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||||
2555 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2556 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2557 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2558 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
2559 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||||||
2560 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||||||
2561 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
2562 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2563 | return true; | ||||||||
2564 | } | ||||||||
2565 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2566 | } | ||||||||
2567 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||||||
2568 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||||||
2569 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||||||
2570 | // pointer to any object. | ||||||||
2571 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2572 | return true; | ||||||||
2573 | } | ||||||||
2574 | else | ||||||||
2575 | return false; | ||||||||
2576 | |||||||||
2577 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||||
2578 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2579 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2580 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2581 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2582 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2583 | else | ||||||||
2584 | return false; | ||||||||
2585 | |||||||||
2586 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||||||
2587 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||||||
2588 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
2589 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2590 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2591 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||||||
2592 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
2593 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||||
2594 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2595 | return true; | ||||||||
2596 | } | ||||||||
2597 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||||||
2598 | // as in I* to id. | ||||||||
2599 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
2600 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||||||
2601 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||||||
2602 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2603 | |||||||||
2604 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||||||
2605 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2606 | return true; | ||||||||
2607 | } | ||||||||
2608 | |||||||||
2609 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||||||
2610 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||||
2611 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||||||
2612 | // complain about it). | ||||||||
2613 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||||
2614 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2615 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||||
2616 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2617 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||||||
2618 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||||||
2619 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2620 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||||||
2621 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
2622 | return false; | ||||||||
2623 | |||||||||
2624 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||||
2625 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||||
2626 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
2627 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||||||
2628 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||||||
2629 | return false; | ||||||||
2630 | |||||||||
2631 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||||||
2632 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||||||
2633 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
2634 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2635 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2636 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2637 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2638 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2639 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||||
2640 | } else { | ||||||||
2641 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
2642 | return false; | ||||||||
2643 | } | ||||||||
2644 | |||||||||
2645 | // Check argument types. | ||||||||
2646 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
2647 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
2648 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2649 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2650 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||||||
2651 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||||||
2652 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2653 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||||||
2654 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2655 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2656 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||||||
2657 | } else { | ||||||||
2658 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
2659 | return false; | ||||||||
2660 | } | ||||||||
2661 | } | ||||||||
2662 | |||||||||
2663 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||||||
2664 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||||||
2665 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||||||
2666 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||||||
2667 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||||||
2668 | return true; | ||||||||
2669 | } | ||||||||
2670 | } | ||||||||
2671 | |||||||||
2672 | return false; | ||||||||
2673 | } | ||||||||
2674 | |||||||||
2675 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||||||
2676 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||||||
2677 | /// | ||||||||
2678 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||||||
2679 | /// | ||||||||
2680 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||||||
2681 | /// | ||||||||
2682 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||||||
2683 | /// this conversion. | ||||||||
2684 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2685 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
2686 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||||||
2687 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||||||
2688 | return false; | ||||||||
2689 | |||||||||
2690 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||||||
2691 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||||||
2692 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2693 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2694 | else | ||||||||
2695 | return false; | ||||||||
2696 | |||||||||
2697 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2698 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||
2699 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||||||
2700 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||||||
2701 | return false; | ||||||||
2702 | |||||||||
2703 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||||||
2704 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||||||
2705 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||||||
2706 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2707 | else | ||||||||
2708 | return false; | ||||||||
2709 | |||||||||
2710 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
2711 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||||||
2712 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||||||
2713 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||||||
2714 | return false; | ||||||||
2715 | |||||||||
2716 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||||||
2717 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||||||
2718 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||||
2719 | return false; | ||||||||
2720 | |||||||||
2721 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||||||
2722 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||||||
2723 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||||||
2724 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2725 | |||||||||
2726 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||||||
2727 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2728 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||||||
2729 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||||||
2730 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||||||
2731 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||||||
2732 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||||||
2733 | return false; | ||||||||
2734 | |||||||||
2735 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||||||
2736 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||||||
2737 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||||||
2738 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||||||
2739 | return true; | ||||||||
2740 | } | ||||||||
2741 | |||||||||
2742 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2743 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
2744 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||||||
2745 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2746 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2747 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2748 | else | ||||||||
2749 | return false; | ||||||||
2750 | |||||||||
2751 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||||||
2752 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||||||
2753 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2754 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2755 | else | ||||||||
2756 | return false; | ||||||||
2757 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||||||
2758 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||||||
2759 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||||||
2760 | |||||||||
2761 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||||||
2762 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2763 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||||||
2764 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2765 | |||||||||
2766 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||||||
2767 | return false; | ||||||||
2768 | |||||||||
2769 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||||||
2770 | return true; | ||||||||
2771 | |||||||||
2772 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||||||
2773 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||||||
2774 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||||||
2775 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||||||
2776 | return false; | ||||||||
2777 | |||||||||
2778 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
2779 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||||||
2780 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||||||
2781 | return false; | ||||||||
2782 | |||||||||
2783 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
2784 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2785 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
2786 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2787 | } else { | ||||||||
2788 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
2789 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
2790 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||||||
2791 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||||||
2792 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
2793 | |||||||||
2794 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||||||
2795 | // OK exact match. | ||||||||
2796 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||||||
2797 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2798 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||||
2799 | return false; | ||||||||
2800 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2801 | } | ||||||||
2802 | else | ||||||||
2803 | return false; | ||||||||
2804 | } | ||||||||
2805 | |||||||||
2806 | // Check argument types. | ||||||||
2807 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
2808 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||||||
2809 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||||||
2810 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2811 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||||||
2812 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||||||
2813 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||||||
2814 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||||||
2815 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||||||
2816 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||||||
2817 | return false; | ||||||||
2818 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||||||
2819 | } else | ||||||||
2820 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||||||
2821 | return false; | ||||||||
2822 | } | ||||||||
2823 | |||||||||
2824 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||||||
2825 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||||||
2826 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||||||
2827 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||||||
2828 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||||||
2829 | return false; | ||||||||
2830 | |||||||||
2831 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
2832 | return true; | ||||||||
2833 | } | ||||||||
2834 | |||||||||
2835 | enum { | ||||||||
2836 | ft_default, | ||||||||
2837 | ft_different_class, | ||||||||
2838 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||||||
2839 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||||||
2840 | ft_return_type, | ||||||||
2841 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||||||
2842 | ft_noexcept | ||||||||
2843 | }; | ||||||||
2844 | |||||||||
2845 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||||||
2846 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||||||
2847 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||||||
2848 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||||||
2849 | return FPT; | ||||||||
2850 | |||||||||
2851 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||||||
2852 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
2853 | |||||||||
2854 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
2855 | } | ||||||||
2856 | |||||||||
2857 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||||||
2858 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||||||
2859 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||||||
2860 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||||||
2861 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
2862 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||||||
2863 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||||||
2864 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2865 | return; | ||||||||
2866 | } | ||||||||
2867 | |||||||||
2868 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||||||
2869 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
2870 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||||||
2871 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
2872 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||||||
2873 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||||||
2874 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
2875 | return; | ||||||||
2876 | } | ||||||||
2877 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2878 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2879 | } | ||||||||
2880 | |||||||||
2881 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
2882 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2883 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||||||
2884 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
2885 | |||||||||
2886 | // Remove references. | ||||||||
2887 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
2888 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||||||
2889 | |||||||||
2890 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||||||
2891 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||||||
2892 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||||||
2893 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2894 | return; | ||||||||
2895 | } | ||||||||
2896 | |||||||||
2897 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||||||
2898 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
2899 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2900 | return; | ||||||||
2901 | } | ||||||||
2902 | |||||||||
2903 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||||||
2904 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||||||
2905 | |||||||||
2906 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||||||
2907 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||||||
2908 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2909 | return; | ||||||||
2910 | } | ||||||||
2911 | |||||||||
2912 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||||||
2913 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||||||
2914 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||||||
2915 | return; | ||||||||
2916 | } | ||||||||
2917 | |||||||||
2918 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||||||
2919 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||||||
2920 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||||||
2921 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||||||
2922 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||||||
2923 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||||||
2924 | return; | ||||||||
2925 | } | ||||||||
2926 | |||||||||
2927 | // Handle different return type. | ||||||||
2928 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||||||
2929 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||||||
2930 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||||
2931 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||||||
2932 | return; | ||||||||
2933 | } | ||||||||
2934 | |||||||||
2935 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||||||
2936 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||||||
2937 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||||||
2938 | return; | ||||||||
2939 | } | ||||||||
2940 | |||||||||
2941 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||||||
2942 | // onwards). | ||||||||
2943 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||||
2944 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||||||
2945 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||||||
2946 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||||||
2947 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||||||
2948 | return; | ||||||||
2949 | } | ||||||||
2950 | |||||||||
2951 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||||||
2952 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||||||
2953 | } | ||||||||
2954 | |||||||||
2955 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||||||
2956 | /// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that | ||||||||
2957 | /// they have same number of arguments. If the parameters are different, | ||||||||
2958 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||||||
2959 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||||||
2960 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||||||
2961 | unsigned *ArgPos) { | ||||||||
2962 | for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||||
2963 | N = NewType->param_type_begin(), | ||||||||
2964 | E = OldType->param_type_end(); | ||||||||
2965 | O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) { | ||||||||
2966 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||||||
2967 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||||||
2968 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(O->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
2969 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(N->getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||||||
2970 | |||||||||
2971 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||||||
2972 | if (ArgPos) | ||||||||
2973 | *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin(); | ||||||||
2974 | return false; | ||||||||
2975 | } | ||||||||
2976 | } | ||||||||
2977 | return true; | ||||||||
2978 | } | ||||||||
2979 | |||||||||
2980 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||||||
2981 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||||||
2982 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||||||
2983 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||||||
2984 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||||||
2985 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||||||
2986 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
2987 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||||
2988 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||||||
2989 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||||||
2990 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||||||
2991 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
2992 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||||||
2993 | |||||||||
2994 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||||||
2995 | |||||||||
2996 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||||||
2997 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||||||
2998 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||||||
2999 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||||
3000 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||||||
3001 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||||||
3002 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||||||
3003 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||||||
3004 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||||||
3005 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3006 | } | ||||||||
3007 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3008 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3009 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
3010 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
3011 | |||||||||
3012 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
3013 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||||||
3014 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||||||
3015 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||||||
3016 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||||||
3017 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||||||
3018 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||||||
3019 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||||||
3020 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||||||
3021 | } | ||||||||
3022 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||||||
3023 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||||||
3024 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||||||
3025 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||||||
3026 | return true; | ||||||||
3027 | |||||||||
3028 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||||||
3029 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||||||
3030 | } | ||||||||
3031 | |||||||||
3032 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||||||
3033 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||||||
3034 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3035 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")((getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3035, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3036 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||||||
3037 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3038 | } | ||||||||
3039 | } | ||||||||
3040 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||||||
3041 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3042 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||||||
3043 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||||||
3044 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||||||
3045 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||||||
3046 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||||||
3047 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||||||
3048 | return false; | ||||||||
3049 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
3050 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
3051 | } else { | ||||||||
3052 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||||||
3053 | } | ||||||||
3054 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||||||
3055 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||||||
3056 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||||||
3057 | } | ||||||||
3058 | |||||||||
3059 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||||||
3060 | // reasons. | ||||||||
3061 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||||||
3062 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||||||
3063 | |||||||||
3064 | return false; | ||||||||
3065 | } | ||||||||
3066 | |||||||||
3067 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||||||
3068 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||||||
3069 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||||||
3070 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||||||
3071 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||||||
3072 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
3073 | QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3074 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
3075 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||||||
3076 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3077 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||||||
3078 | return false; | ||||||||
3079 | |||||||||
3080 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||||||
3081 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||||||
3082 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||||||
3083 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||||||
3084 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||||||
3085 | return true; | ||||||||
3086 | } | ||||||||
3087 | |||||||||
3088 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||||||
3089 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3090 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||||||
3091 | return false; | ||||||||
3092 | |||||||||
3093 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||||||
3094 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||||||
3095 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3096 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3097 | |||||||||
3098 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||||||
3099 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||||||
3100 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||||||
3101 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||||||
3102 | return true; | ||||||||
3103 | } | ||||||||
3104 | |||||||||
3105 | return false; | ||||||||
3106 | } | ||||||||
3107 | |||||||||
3108 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||||||
3109 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||||||
3110 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||||||
3111 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||||||
3112 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||||||
3113 | /// otherwise. | ||||||||
3114 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3115 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||||||
3116 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||||||
3117 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||||||
3118 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
3119 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3120 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||||||
3121 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||||||
3122 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3123 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3124 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")((From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull ) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3124, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3125 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||||||
3126 | return false; | ||||||||
3127 | } | ||||||||
3128 | |||||||||
3129 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
3130 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3131 | "that is not a member pointer.")((ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3131, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3132 | |||||||||
3133 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3134 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||||||
3135 | |||||||||
3136 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||||||
3137 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3137, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3138 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")((ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3138, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3139 | |||||||||
3140 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||||||
3141 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||||||
3142 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||||||
3143 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||||||
3144 | assert(DerivationOkay &&((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3145 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")((DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3145, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3146 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||||||
3147 | |||||||||
3148 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||||||
3149 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||||||
3150 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||||||
3151 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||||||
3152 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3153 | return true; | ||||||||
3154 | } | ||||||||
3155 | |||||||||
3156 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||||||
3157 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||||||
3158 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||||||
3159 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3160 | return true; | ||||||||
3161 | } | ||||||||
3162 | |||||||||
3163 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||||||
3164 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||||||
3165 | Paths.front(), | ||||||||
3166 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||||||
3167 | |||||||||
3168 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||||||
3169 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||||||
3170 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||||||
3171 | return false; | ||||||||
3172 | } | ||||||||
3173 | |||||||||
3174 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||||||
3175 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||||||
3176 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||||||
3177 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||||||
3178 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||||||
3179 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||||||
3180 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||||||
3181 | return false; | ||||||||
3182 | |||||||||
3183 | return true; | ||||||||
3184 | } | ||||||||
3185 | |||||||||
3186 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||||||
3187 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||||||
3188 | /// | ||||||||
3189 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||||||
3190 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||||||
3191 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||||||
3192 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3193 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||||||
3194 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||||
3195 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||||
3196 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
3197 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
3198 | |||||||||
3199 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void. | ||||||||
3200 | if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) | ||||||||
3201 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
3202 | |||||||||
3203 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||||||
3204 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||||||
3205 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||||||
3206 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||||||
3207 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||||||
3208 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||||||
3209 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
3210 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
3211 | } else { | ||||||||
3212 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||||||
3213 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||||||
3214 | return false; | ||||||||
3215 | } | ||||||||
3216 | } | ||||||||
3217 | |||||||||
3218 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||||||
3219 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||||||
3220 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||||||
3221 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
3222 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
3223 | } | ||||||||
3224 | |||||||||
3225 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||||||
3226 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||||||
3227 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||||||
3228 | return false; | ||||||||
3229 | |||||||||
3230 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||||||
3231 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||||||
3232 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||||||
3233 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||||||
3234 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||||||
3235 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||||||
3236 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||||||
3237 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||||||
3238 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||||||
3239 | return false; | ||||||||
3240 | |||||||||
3241 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||||||
3242 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||||||
3243 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||||
3244 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||||||
3245 | return false; | ||||||||
3246 | |||||||||
3247 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||||||
3248 | // include const. | ||||||||
3249 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||||||
3250 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||||||
3251 | return true; | ||||||||
3252 | } | ||||||||
3253 | |||||||||
3254 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||||||
3255 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||||||
3256 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||||||
3257 | /// | ||||||||
3258 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||||||
3259 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||||||
3260 | /// object lifetime. | ||||||||
3261 | bool | ||||||||
3262 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3263 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||||||
3264 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
3265 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||||||
3266 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||||
3267 | |||||||||
3268 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||||||
3269 | // qualification conversion. | ||||||||
3270 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||||||
3271 | return false; | ||||||||
3272 | |||||||||
3273 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||||||
3274 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||||||
3275 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||||||
3276 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||||
3277 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||||||
3278 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||||||
3279 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||||||
3280 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||||||
3281 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
3282 | return false; | ||||||||
3283 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||||||
3284 | } | ||||||||
3285 | |||||||||
3286 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||||||
3287 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||||||
3288 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||||||
3289 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||||||
3290 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
3291 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||||||
3292 | } | ||||||||
3293 | |||||||||
3294 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||||||
3295 | /// atomic type. | ||||||||
3296 | /// | ||||||||
3297 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||||||
3298 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||||||
3299 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3300 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
3301 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||||||
3302 | bool CStyle) { | ||||||||
3303 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||||||
3304 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||||||
3305 | return false; | ||||||||
3306 | |||||||||
3307 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||||||
3308 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||||||
3309 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||||||
3310 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||||||
3311 | return false; | ||||||||
3312 | |||||||||
3313 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||||||
3314 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||||||
3315 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||||||
3316 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||||
3317 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||||||
3318 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
3319 | return true; | ||||||||
3320 | } | ||||||||
3321 | |||||||||
3322 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
3323 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||||||
3324 | QualType Type) { | ||||||||
3325 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
3326 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||||||
3327 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||||||
3328 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||||||
3329 | return true; | ||||||||
3330 | } | ||||||||
3331 | return false; | ||||||||
3332 | } | ||||||||
3333 | |||||||||
3334 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
3335 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3336 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||||||
3337 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||||
3338 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
3339 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
3340 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
3341 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||||||
3342 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||||
3343 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
3344 | continue; | ||||||||
3345 | |||||||||
3346 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||||||
3347 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||||||
3348 | if (Usable) { | ||||||||
3349 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||||
3350 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||||
3351 | bool SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||||
3352 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||||
3353 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||||
3354 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
3355 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||||||
3356 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3357 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
3358 | AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
3359 | else | ||||||||
3360 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||||||
3361 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3362 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
3363 | } | ||||||||
3364 | } | ||||||||
3365 | |||||||||
3366 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
3367 | |||||||||
3368 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
3369 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||||
3370 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
3371 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
3372 | case OR_Success: { | ||||||||
3373 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||||
3374 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||||||
3375 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||||
3376 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||||
3377 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3378 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
3379 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||||
3380 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
3381 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3382 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
3383 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
3384 | return Result; | ||||||||
3385 | } | ||||||||
3386 | |||||||||
3387 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
3388 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
3389 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
3390 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
3391 | } | ||||||||
3392 | |||||||||
3393 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3393); | ||||||||
3394 | } | ||||||||
3395 | |||||||||
3396 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||||||
3397 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||||||
3398 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||||||
3399 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||||||
3400 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||||||
3401 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||||||
3402 | /// | ||||||||
3403 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||||||
3404 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||||||
3405 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||||||
3406 | /// | ||||||||
3407 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||||||
3408 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||||||
3409 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||||||
3410 | static OverloadingResult | ||||||||
3411 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
3412 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||||||
3413 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||||||
3414 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||||||
3415 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||||||
3416 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
3417 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)((AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
3418 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
3419 | |||||||||
3420 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||||||
3421 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||||||
3422 | |||||||||
3423 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||||||
3424 | // constructors. | ||||||||
3425 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
3426 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||||||
3427 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||||||
3428 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||||||
3429 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||||||
3430 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||||||
3431 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||||||
3432 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||||||
3433 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||||||
3434 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||||||
3435 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||||||
3436 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||||||
3437 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||||||
3438 | |||||||||
3439 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||||||
3440 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||||||
3441 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||||||
3442 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
3443 | |||||||||
3444 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||||||
3445 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||||||
3446 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||||||
3447 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
3448 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||||||
3449 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||||||
3450 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
3451 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
3452 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||||||
3453 | return Result; | ||||||||
3454 | // Never mind. | ||||||||
3455 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||||||
3456 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
3457 | |||||||||
3458 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||||||
3459 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||||||
3460 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||||||
3461 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||||||
3462 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||||||
3463 | } | ||||||||
3464 | |||||||||
3465 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||||||
3466 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||||||
3467 | if (!Info) | ||||||||
3468 | continue; | ||||||||
3469 | |||||||||
3470 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
3471 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||||||
3472 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||||||
3473 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||||||
3474 | if (Usable) { | ||||||||
3475 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||||||
3476 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||||||
3477 | SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||||||
3478 | if (NumArgs == 1) { | ||||||||
3479 | // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type, | ||||||||
3480 | // suppress conversions. | ||||||||
3481 | SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType( | ||||||||
3482 | S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType); | ||||||||
3483 | } | ||||||||
3484 | } | ||||||||
3485 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||||||
3486 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||||||
3487 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
3488 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
3489 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3490 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
3491 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
3492 | else | ||||||||
3493 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||||||
3494 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||||||
3495 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||||||
3496 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||||||
3497 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
3498 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||||||
3499 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||||||
3500 | } | ||||||||
3501 | } | ||||||||
3502 | } | ||||||||
3503 | } | ||||||||
3504 | |||||||||
3505 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||||||
3506 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
3507 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||||||
3508 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||||||
3509 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||||||
3510 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||||||
3511 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||||||
3512 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||||||
3513 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||||||
3514 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
3515 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
3516 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||||||
3517 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||||||
3518 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
3519 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
3520 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
3521 | |||||||||
3522 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
3523 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||||||
3524 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||||||
3525 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
3526 | else | ||||||||
3527 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
3528 | |||||||||
3529 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
3530 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
3531 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||||
3532 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
3533 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||||
3534 | else | ||||||||
3535 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||||||
3536 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||||||
3537 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||||||
3538 | } | ||||||||
3539 | } | ||||||||
3540 | } | ||||||||
3541 | |||||||||
3542 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
3543 | |||||||||
3544 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
3545 | switch (auto Result = | ||||||||
3546 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||||||
3547 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
3548 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
3549 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||||||
3550 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||||||
3551 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
3552 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||||
3553 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||||
3554 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||||||
3555 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||||||
3556 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||||||
3557 | // | ||||||||
3558 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||||||
3559 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||||||
3560 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||||||
3561 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3562 | } else { | ||||||||
3563 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||||||
3564 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||||||
3565 | else { | ||||||||
3566 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
3567 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
3568 | } | ||||||||
3569 | } | ||||||||
3570 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
3571 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||||||
3572 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
3573 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
3574 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||||||
3575 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
3576 | return Result; | ||||||||
3577 | } | ||||||||
3578 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||||||
3579 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||||||
3580 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||||||
3581 | // | ||||||||
3582 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||||||
3583 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||||||
3584 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||||||
3585 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||||||
3586 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
3587 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
3588 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||||||
3589 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
3590 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
3591 | |||||||||
3592 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||||||
3593 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||||||
3594 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||||||
3595 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
3596 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||||||
3597 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||||||
3598 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||||||
3599 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||||||
3600 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||||||
3601 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||||
3602 | return Result; | ||||||||
3603 | } | ||||||||
3604 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3604); | ||||||||
3605 | |||||||||
3606 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
3607 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||||||
3608 | |||||||||
3609 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
3610 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||||||
3611 | } | ||||||||
3612 | |||||||||
3613 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3613); | ||||||||
3614 | } | ||||||||
3615 | |||||||||
3616 | bool | ||||||||
3617 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||||||
3618 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
3619 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
3620 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||||||
3621 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||||||
3622 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||||||
3623 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||||||
3624 | |||||||||
3625 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||||||
3626 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||||||
3627 | return false; | ||||||||
3628 | |||||||||
3629 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||||||
3630 | *this, | ||||||||
3631 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||||||
3632 | From); | ||||||||
3633 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||||||
3634 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||||||
3635 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
3636 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||||||
3637 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||||||
3638 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||||||
3639 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||||||
3640 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||||||
3641 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||||||
3642 | } | ||||||||
3643 | |||||||||
3644 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||||||
3645 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||||||
3646 | return true; | ||||||||
3647 | } | ||||||||
3648 | |||||||||
3649 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||||||
3650 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||||||
3651 | static const FunctionType * | ||||||||
3652 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||||||
3653 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
3654 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||||||
3655 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||||||
3656 | |||||||||
3657 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||||||
3658 | return nullptr; | ||||||||
3659 | |||||||||
3660 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||||||
3661 | } | ||||||||
3662 | |||||||||
3663 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||||||
3664 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||||||
3665 | /// is possible. | ||||||||
3666 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3667 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||||||
3668 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||||||
3669 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||||||
3670 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||||||
3671 | if (!Conv1
| ||||||||
3672 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3673 | |||||||||
3674 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||||||
3675 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3676 | |||||||||
3677 | // Objective-C++: | ||||||||
3678 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||||||
3679 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||||||
3680 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||||||
3681 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||||||
3682 | // to keep code working. | ||||||||
3683 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||||||
3684 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||||
3685 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||||||
3686 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||||||
3687 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
3688 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3689 | } | ||||||||
3690 | |||||||||
3691 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||||||
3692 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||||||
3693 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||||||
3694 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||||||
3695 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||||||
3696 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||||||
3697 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||||||
3698 | |||||||||
3699 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||||||
3700 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||||||
3701 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
3702 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
3703 | |||||||||
3704 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||||||
3705 | const FunctionProtoType *CallOpProto = | ||||||||
3706 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||||||
3707 | |||||||||
3708 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||||||
3709 | CallOp->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||||||
3710 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||||
3711 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||||||
| |||||||||
3712 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||||||
3713 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||||||
3714 | |||||||||
3715 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||||||
3716 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||||||
3717 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||||||
3718 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3719 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||||||
3720 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3721 | } | ||||||||
3722 | } | ||||||||
3723 | |||||||||
3724 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3725 | } | ||||||||
3726 | |||||||||
3727 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||||||
3728 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||||||
3729 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||||||
3730 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||||||
3731 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||||||
3732 | } | ||||||||
3733 | |||||||||
3734 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||||||
3735 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||||
3736 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||||||
3737 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3738 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
3739 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||||||
3740 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||||||
3741 | { | ||||||||
3742 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||||||
3743 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||||||
3744 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||||||
3745 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||||||
3746 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||||||
3747 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||||||
3748 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||||||
3749 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||||||
3750 | // | ||||||||
3751 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||||||
3752 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||||||
3753 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||||||
3754 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||||||
3755 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
3756 | |||||||||
3757 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||||||
3758 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||||||
3759 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||||||
3760 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||||||
3761 | // standard. For example: | ||||||||
3762 | // | ||||||||
3763 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||||||
3764 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||||||
3765 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||||||
3766 | // | ||||||||
3767 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||||||
3768 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||||||
3769 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||||||
3770 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||||||
3771 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||||||
3772 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||||||
3773 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||||||
3774 | |||||||||
3775 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||||||
3776 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||||||
3777 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2)) | ||||||||
3778 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||||||
3779 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
3780 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3781 | |||||||||
3782 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||||||
3783 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3784 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||||||
3785 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3786 | |||||||||
3787 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||||||
3788 | // the same kind. | ||||||||
3789 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||||||
3790 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3791 | |||||||||
3792 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||||||
3793 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3794 | |||||||||
3795 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||||||
3796 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||||||
3797 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||||
3798 | |||||||||
3799 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
3800 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||||||
3801 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||||||
3802 | // if not that, | ||||||||
3803 | // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T", | ||||||||
3804 | // and N1 is smaller than N2., | ||||||||
3805 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||||||
3806 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||||||
3807 | if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||||
3808 | !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
3809 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3810 | if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() && | ||||||||
3811 | ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement()) | ||||||||
3812 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3813 | } | ||||||||
3814 | |||||||||
3815 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||||||
3816 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||||||
3817 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||||||
3818 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
3819 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||||||
3820 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||||
3821 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||||||
3822 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||||||
3823 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||||||
3824 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||||
3825 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||||||
3826 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||||
3827 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||||||
3828 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||||||
3829 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||||||
3830 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||||||
3831 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||||||
3832 | else | ||||||||
3833 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||||||
3834 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||||||
3835 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||||||
3836 | } | ||||||||
3837 | |||||||||
3838 | return Result; | ||||||||
3839 | } | ||||||||
3840 | |||||||||
3841 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||||||
3842 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||||||
3843 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3844 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||||||
3845 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
3846 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
3847 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||||
3848 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3849 | |||||||||
3850 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||||||
3851 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||||||
3852 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||||
3853 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3854 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||||||
3855 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3856 | |||||||||
3857 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||||||
3858 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3859 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3860 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3861 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3862 | else | ||||||||
3863 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3864 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||||||
3865 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3866 | |||||||||
3867 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||||||
3868 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||||||
3869 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3870 | } | ||||||||
3871 | |||||||||
3872 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3873 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
3874 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||||
3875 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3876 | |||||||||
3877 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||||||
3878 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
3879 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||||||
3880 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3881 | |||||||||
3882 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
3883 | } | ||||||||
3884 | |||||||||
3885 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||||||
3886 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||||||
3887 | static bool | ||||||||
3888 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||||||
3889 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||||||
3890 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||||
3891 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||||||
3892 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||||||
3893 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||||||
3894 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||||||
3895 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||||||
3896 | // reference*. | ||||||||
3897 | // | ||||||||
3898 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||||||
3899 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||||||
3900 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||||||
3901 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||||||
3902 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||||||
3903 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||||||
3904 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||||||
3905 | return false; | ||||||||
3906 | |||||||||
3907 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||||||
3908 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||||||
3909 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||||||
3910 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||||||
3911 | } | ||||||||
3912 | |||||||||
3913 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||||||
3914 | None, | ||||||||
3915 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||||||
3916 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||||||
3917 | }; | ||||||||
3918 | |||||||||
3919 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||||||
3920 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||||||
3921 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
3922 | |||||||||
3923 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||||||
3924 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
3925 | |||||||||
3926 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||||||
3927 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||||||
3928 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
3929 | |||||||||
3930 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||||||
3931 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||||||
3932 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||||||
3933 | |||||||||
3934 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||||||
3935 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||||||
3936 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||||||
3937 | |||||||||
3938 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||||||
3939 | } | ||||||||
3940 | |||||||||
3941 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||||||
3942 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||||||
3943 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||||||
3944 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
3945 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
3946 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
3947 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||||||
3948 | { | ||||||||
3949 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||||||
3950 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||||||
3951 | |||||||||
3952 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||||||
3953 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||||||
3954 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||||||
3955 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||||||
3956 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||||||
3957 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||||||
3958 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
3959 | return CK; | ||||||||
3960 | |||||||||
3961 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||||||
3962 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||||||
3963 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||||||
3964 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||||||
3965 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||||||
3966 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
3967 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||||||
3968 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3969 | |||||||||
3970 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||||||
3971 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||||||
3972 | // applies: | ||||||||
3973 | |||||||||
3974 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||||||
3975 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||||||
3976 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||||||
3977 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||||||
3978 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||||||
3979 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
3980 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3981 | |||||||||
3982 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||||
3983 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||||||
3984 | // | ||||||||
3985 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||||||
3986 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||||||
3987 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||||||
3988 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||||||
3989 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||||||
3990 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||||||
3991 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||||||
3992 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||||||
3993 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
3994 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
3995 | |||||||||
3996 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||||||
3997 | // | ||||||||
3998 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||||||
3999 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||||||
4000 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||||||
4001 | // of B* to void*. | ||||||||
4002 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||||||
4003 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||||
4004 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||||||
4005 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||||||
4006 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||||
4007 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||||||
4008 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||||||
4009 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4010 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4011 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||||||
4012 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||||||
4013 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||||||
4014 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||||||
4015 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
4016 | return DerivedCK; | ||||||||
4017 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||||||
4018 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||||||
4019 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||||||
4020 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||||||
4021 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||||||
4022 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4023 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4024 | |||||||||
4025 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||||
4026 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||||
4027 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4028 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||||
4029 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4030 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||||
4031 | |||||||||
4032 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4033 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4034 | |||||||||
4035 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
4036 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4037 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
4038 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4039 | |||||||||
4040 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||||||
4041 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||||||
4042 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||||||
4043 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4044 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||||||
4045 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4046 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||||||
4047 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||||||
4048 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||||||
4049 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||||||
4050 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||||||
4051 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||||||
4052 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4053 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4054 | } | ||||||||
4055 | } | ||||||||
4056 | } | ||||||||
4057 | |||||||||
4058 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
4059 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||||||
4060 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
4061 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4062 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||||||
4063 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4064 | } | ||||||||
4065 | |||||||||
4066 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||||||
4067 | // bullet 3). | ||||||||
4068 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||||||
4069 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||||||
4070 | return QualCK; | ||||||||
4071 | |||||||||
4072 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||||||
4073 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||||||
4074 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||||||
4075 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||||||
4076 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||||||
4077 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||||||
4078 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||||||
4079 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4080 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4081 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||||
4082 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||||
4083 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
4084 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4085 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4086 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||||
4087 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||||||
4088 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||||||
4089 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||||||
4090 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||||||
4091 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||||||
4092 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
4093 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4094 | } | ||||||||
4095 | |||||||||
4096 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||||||
4097 | // type for comparison. | ||||||||
4098 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||||||
4099 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4100 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||||||
4101 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4102 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||||||
4103 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4104 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||||||
4105 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4106 | } | ||||||||
4107 | } | ||||||||
4108 | |||||||||
4109 | // In Microsoft mode, prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||||||
4110 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||||||
4111 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||||||
4112 | // For example: | ||||||||
4113 | // void f(float); | ||||||||
4114 | // void f(int); | ||||||||
4115 | // int main { | ||||||||
4116 | // long a; | ||||||||
4117 | // f(a); | ||||||||
4118 | // } | ||||||||
4119 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||||||
4120 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||||||
4121 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||||||
4122 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||||||
4123 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||||||
4124 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||||||
4125 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4126 | |||||||||
4127 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||||||
4128 | // For example: | ||||||||
4129 | // | ||||||||
4130 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||||||
4131 | // void f(vector float); | ||||||||
4132 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||||||
4133 | // int main() { | ||||||||
4134 | // __v4sf a; | ||||||||
4135 | // f(a); | ||||||||
4136 | // } | ||||||||
4137 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||||||
4138 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||||||
4139 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||||
4140 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||||
4141 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||||
4142 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4143 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||||||
4144 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4145 | |||||||||
4146 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||||||
4147 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||||||
4148 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4149 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4150 | } | ||||||||
4151 | |||||||||
4152 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||||||
4153 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||||||
4154 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||||
4155 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4156 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||||||
4157 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||||||
4158 | |||||||||
4159 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||||||
4160 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||||||
4161 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||||||
4162 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4163 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4164 | } | ||||||||
4165 | |||||||||
4166 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4167 | } | ||||||||
4168 | |||||||||
4169 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||||
4170 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||||
4171 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||||||
4172 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
4173 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
4174 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
4175 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
4176 | // C++ 13.3.3.2p3: | ||||||||
4177 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||||||
4178 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the | ||||||||
4179 | // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of | ||||||||
4180 | // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||||||
4181 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||||||
4182 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||||||
4183 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||||||
4184 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4185 | |||||||||
4186 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||||||
4187 | // conversion (!) | ||||||||
4188 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4189 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||||||
4190 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||||||
4191 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||||||
4192 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())((!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4192, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4193 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
4194 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4195 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4196 | |||||||||
4197 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||||||
4198 | // them. | ||||||||
4199 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||||||
4200 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4201 | |||||||||
4202 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||||||
4203 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4204 | |||||||||
4205 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||||||
4206 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||||||
4207 | // to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime. | ||||||||
4208 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime != | ||||||||
4209 | SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) { | ||||||||
4210 | Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||||||
4211 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
4212 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4213 | } | ||||||||
4214 | |||||||||
4215 | while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)) { | ||||||||
4216 | // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to | ||||||||
4217 | // determine if this still looks like a qualification | ||||||||
4218 | // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of | ||||||||
4219 | // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again | ||||||||
4220 | // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left | ||||||||
4221 | // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what | ||||||||
4222 | // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a | ||||||||
4223 | // strict subset of qualifiers. | ||||||||
4224 | if (T1.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime() == | ||||||||
4225 | T2.getQualifiers().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||||||
4226 | // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything | ||||||||
4227 | // about how the sequences rank. | ||||||||
4228 | // ObjC ownership quals are omitted above as they interfere with | ||||||||
4229 | // the ARC overload rule. | ||||||||
4230 | ; | ||||||||
4231 | else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) { | ||||||||
4232 | // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||||
4233 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||||
4234 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||||
4235 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
4236 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4237 | |||||||||
4238 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4239 | } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) { | ||||||||
4240 | // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence. | ||||||||
4241 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) | ||||||||
4242 | // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's | ||||||||
4243 | // qualifiers. | ||||||||
4244 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4245 | |||||||||
4246 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4247 | } else { | ||||||||
4248 | // Qualifiers are disjoint. | ||||||||
4249 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4250 | } | ||||||||
4251 | |||||||||
4252 | // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done. | ||||||||
4253 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
4254 | break; | ||||||||
4255 | } | ||||||||
4256 | |||||||||
4257 | // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using | ||||||||
4258 | // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||||||
4259 | switch (Result) { | ||||||||
4260 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||||||
4261 | if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||||
4262 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4263 | break; | ||||||||
4264 | |||||||||
4265 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||||||
4266 | break; | ||||||||
4267 | |||||||||
4268 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||||||
4269 | if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) | ||||||||
4270 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4271 | break; | ||||||||
4272 | } | ||||||||
4273 | |||||||||
4274 | return Result; | ||||||||
4275 | } | ||||||||
4276 | |||||||||
4277 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||||||
4278 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||||||
4279 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||||||
4280 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||||||
4281 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||||||
4282 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||||||
4283 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4284 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||||||
4285 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||||||
4286 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4287 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||||||
4288 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||||||
4289 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||||||
4290 | |||||||||
4291 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||||||
4292 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||||||
4293 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4294 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||||||
4295 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||||||
4296 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||||||
4297 | |||||||||
4298 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||||||
4299 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||||||
4300 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||||||
4301 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||||||
4302 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||||||
4303 | |||||||||
4304 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||||||
4305 | // | ||||||||
4306 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||||||
4307 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||||||
4308 | // | ||||||||
4309 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||||||
4310 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
4311 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
4312 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||||||
4313 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||||||
4314 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||||||
4315 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||||||
4316 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4317 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||||||
4318 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4319 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||||||
4320 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4321 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||||||
4322 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4323 | |||||||||
4324 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||||
4325 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
4326 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||||
4327 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4328 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||||
4329 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4330 | } | ||||||||
4331 | |||||||||
4332 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||||||
4333 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
4334 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
4335 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4336 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
4337 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4338 | } | ||||||||
4339 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||||||
4340 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||||
4341 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||||||
4342 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4343 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||||||
4344 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4345 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||||||
4346 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4347 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||||||
4348 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4349 | |||||||||
4350 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||||||
4351 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||||||
4352 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||||||
4353 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||||||
4354 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||||||
4355 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||||||
4356 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||||||
4357 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||||||
4358 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||||||
4359 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||||||
4360 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||||||
4361 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||||||
4362 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||||||
4363 | |||||||||
4364 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||||||
4365 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||||||
4366 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
4367 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4368 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4369 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||||||
4370 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4371 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4372 | |||||||||
4373 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||||||
4374 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||||||
4375 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4376 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4377 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4378 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4379 | |||||||||
4380 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||||||
4381 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||||||
4382 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
4383 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4384 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4385 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
4386 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||||||
4387 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4388 | |||||||||
4389 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||||||
4390 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||||||
4391 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4392 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4393 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||||||
4394 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4395 | |||||||||
4396 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||||
4397 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
4398 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||||||
4399 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||||||
4400 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||||||
4401 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||||||
4402 | // C *. | ||||||||
4403 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||||||
4404 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
4405 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||||||
4406 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||||||
4407 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||||||
4408 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||||||
4409 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4410 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||||||
4411 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4412 | } | ||||||||
4413 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||||||
4414 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4415 | } | ||||||||
4416 | |||||||||
4417 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||||||
4418 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||||||
4419 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||||||
4420 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||||||
4421 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4422 | } | ||||||||
4423 | } | ||||||||
4424 | |||||||||
4425 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||||||
4426 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||||||
4427 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||||||
4428 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||||||
4429 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4430 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4431 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4432 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||||||
4433 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||||
4434 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||||||
4435 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||||
4436 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||||||
4437 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4438 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4439 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4440 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||||||
4441 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||||||
4442 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||||||
4443 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||||||
4444 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4445 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||||||
4446 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4447 | } | ||||||||
4448 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||||||
4449 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||||||
4450 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||||||
4451 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4452 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||||||
4453 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4454 | } | ||||||||
4455 | } | ||||||||
4456 | |||||||||
4457 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||||
4458 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||||||
4459 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||||||
4460 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||||
4461 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||||
4462 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
4463 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||||
4464 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||||||
4465 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4466 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||||||
4467 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4468 | } | ||||||||
4469 | |||||||||
4470 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||||||
4471 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||||||
4472 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||||||
4473 | // reference of type A&, | ||||||||
4474 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||||||
4475 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||||||
4476 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||||||
4477 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||||||
4478 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||||||
4479 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||||||
4480 | } | ||||||||
4481 | } | ||||||||
4482 | |||||||||
4483 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||||||
4484 | } | ||||||||
4485 | |||||||||
4486 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||||||
4487 | /// C++ class. | ||||||||
4488 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||||||
4489 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||||||
4490 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||||||
4491 | |||||||||
4492 | return true; | ||||||||
4493 | } | ||||||||
4494 | |||||||||
4495 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||||||
4496 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||||||
4497 | return T; | ||||||||
4498 | |||||||||
4499 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||||||
4500 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||||||
4501 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
4502 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||||||
4503 | } | ||||||||
4504 | |||||||||
4505 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||||||
4506 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||||||
4507 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||||||
4508 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||||||
4509 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||||||
4510 | /// type being initialized. | ||||||||
4511 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||||||
4512 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
4513 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||||||
4514 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||||||
4515 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
4516 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")((!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4517 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")((!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4518 | |||||||||
4519 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||||||
4520 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||||||
4521 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||||||
4522 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||||||
4523 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||||||
4524 | |||||||||
4525 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||||||
4526 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||||||
4527 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||||||
4528 | |||||||||
4529 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||||||
4530 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||||||
4531 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||||||
4532 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||||||
4533 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||||||
4534 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||||||
4535 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||||||
4536 | |||||||||
4537 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||||||
4538 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||||||
4539 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||||||
4540 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||||||
4541 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||||||
4542 | // Nothing to do. | ||||||||
4543 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||||||
4544 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||||||
4545 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||||||
4546 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||||||
4547 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||||
4548 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||||||
4549 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||||||
4550 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||||||
4551 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||||||
4552 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||||||
4553 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||||||
4554 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||||||
4555 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||||||
4556 | } | ||||||||
4557 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||||||
4558 | |||||||||
4559 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||||||
4560 | // similar at the same time. | ||||||||
4561 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||||||
4562 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||||||
4563 | do { | ||||||||
4564 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||||||
4565 | break; | ||||||||
4566 | |||||||||
4567 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||||||
4568 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||||||
4569 | |||||||||
4570 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||||||
4571 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||||||
4572 | // overload resolution. | ||||||||
4573 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||||||
4574 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||||||
4575 | |||||||||
4576 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||||
4577 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||||||
4578 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||||||
4579 | |||||||||
4580 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||||||
4581 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||||||
4582 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||||||
4583 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||||||
4584 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||||||
4585 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||||||
4586 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
4587 | ? Ref_Related | ||||||||
4588 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||||
4589 | |||||||||
4590 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||||||
4591 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||||||
4592 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||||||
4593 | |||||||||
4594 | TopLevel = false; | ||||||||
4595 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||||||
4596 | |||||||||
4597 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||||||
4598 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||||||
4599 | // to convert the referent. | ||||||||
4600 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||||||
4601 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||||||
4602 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||||||
4603 | } | ||||||||
4604 | |||||||||
4605 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||||||
4606 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||||||
4607 | static bool | ||||||||
4608 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||||||
4609 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4610 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||||||
4611 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
4612 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")((T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4612, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4613 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||||||
4614 | |||||||||
4615 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||||||
4616 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||||||
4617 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||||||
4618 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||||||
4619 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||||||
4620 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||||||
4621 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||||||
4622 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||||||
4623 | |||||||||
4624 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||||||
4625 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||||||
4626 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||||||
4627 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
4628 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||||||
4629 | else | ||||||||
4630 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||||||
4631 | |||||||||
4632 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||||||
4633 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||||||
4634 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||||||
4635 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
4636 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||||||
4637 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
4638 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
4639 | continue; | ||||||||
4640 | } | ||||||||
4641 | |||||||||
4642 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||||||
4643 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||||||
4644 | DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4645 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||||||
4646 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||||||
4647 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||||||
4648 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||||||
4649 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||||
4650 | continue; | ||||||||
4651 | } else { | ||||||||
4652 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||||||
4653 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||||||
4654 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||||||
4655 | |||||||||
4656 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||||||
4657 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
4658 | if (!RefType || | ||||||||
4659 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||||||
4660 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||||||
4661 | continue; | ||||||||
4662 | } | ||||||||
4663 | |||||||||
4664 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||||||
4665 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
4666 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
4667 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
4668 | else | ||||||||
4669 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||||||
4670 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||||||
4671 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
4672 | } | ||||||||
4673 | |||||||||
4674 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||||||
4675 | |||||||||
4676 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||||||
4677 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||||||
4678 | case OR_Success: | ||||||||
4679 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||||
4680 | // | ||||||||
4681 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||||||
4682 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||||||
4683 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||||
4684 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||||||
4685 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||||||
4686 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||||||
4687 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||||||
4688 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||||||
4689 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||||||
4690 | return false; | ||||||||
4691 | |||||||||
4692 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
4693 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||||||
4694 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||||||
4695 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||||||
4696 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||||||
4697 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||||||
4698 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||||||
4699 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4701, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
4700 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4701, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
4701 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")((ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined .After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4701, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4702 | return true; | ||||||||
4703 | |||||||||
4704 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||||||
4705 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||||||
4706 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||||||
4707 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||||||
4708 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||||||
4709 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||||||
4710 | return true; | ||||||||
4711 | |||||||||
4712 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||||||
4713 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||||||
4714 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||||||
4715 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||||||
4716 | return false; | ||||||||
4717 | } | ||||||||
4718 | |||||||||
4719 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4719); | ||||||||
4720 | } | ||||||||
4721 | |||||||||
4722 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||||||
4723 | /// initialization. | ||||||||
4724 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
4725 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||||||
4726 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4727 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
4728 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
4729 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")((DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4729, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
4730 | |||||||||
4731 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||||||
4732 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
4733 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4734 | |||||||||
4735 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
4736 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
4737 | |||||||||
4738 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||||
4739 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||||
4740 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||||
4741 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
4742 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||||
4743 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||||||
4744 | false, Found)) | ||||||||
4745 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
4746 | } | ||||||||
4747 | |||||||||
4748 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||||
4749 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
4750 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||||||
4751 | |||||||||
4752 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||||||
4753 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||||
4754 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||||||
4755 | |||||||||
4756 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||||||
4757 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
4758 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
4759 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||||||
4760 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||||||
4761 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||||||
4762 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||||||
4763 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||||||
4764 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||||||
4765 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
4766 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||||||
4767 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||||||
4768 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||||||
4769 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||||||
4770 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||||||
4771 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||||||
4772 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
4773 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||||||
4774 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||||||
4775 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||||||
4776 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||||||
4777 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
4778 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||||||
4779 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
4780 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||||||
4781 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||||||
4782 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
4783 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||||||
4784 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||||||
4785 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||||||
4786 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||||||
4787 | }; | ||||||||
4788 | |||||||||
4789 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||||||
4790 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||||||
4791 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||||||
4792 | |||||||||
4793 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||||||
4794 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||||||
4795 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||||||
4796 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||||||
4797 | // | ||||||||
4798 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||||||
4799 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||||||
4800 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||||||
4801 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||||||
4802 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||||||
4803 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||||||
4804 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||||||
4805 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||||||
4806 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||||||
4807 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||||||
4808 | |||||||||
4809 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||||||
4810 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||||||
4811 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||||||
4812 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||||||
4813 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4814 | } | ||||||||
4815 | |||||||||
4816 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||||||
4817 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||||||
4818 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||||||
4819 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||||||
4820 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||||||
4821 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||||||
4822 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||||||
4823 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||||||
4824 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||||
4825 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||||||
4826 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4827 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||||||
4828 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||||||
4829 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4830 | } | ||||||||
4831 | } | ||||||||
4832 | |||||||||
4833 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||||||
4834 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||||||
4835 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||||||
4836 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||||
4837 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||||||
4838 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4839 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4840 | } | ||||||||
4841 | |||||||||
4842 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||||||
4843 | // | ||||||||
4844 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||||||
4845 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||||||
4846 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||||||
4847 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||||||
4848 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||||||
4849 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||||||
4850 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||||||
4851 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||||||
4852 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||||||
4853 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||||||
4854 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||||||
4855 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||||||
4856 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||||||
4857 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||||||
4858 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4859 | } | ||||||||
4860 | |||||||||
4861 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||||||
4862 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||||||
4863 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||||||
4864 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||||||
4865 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||||||
4866 | // | ||||||||
4867 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||||||
4868 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||||||
4869 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||||||
4870 | // class subobject). | ||||||||
4871 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||||
4872 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||||||
4873 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||||||
4874 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||||||
4875 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||||||
4876 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||||||
4877 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||||||
4878 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||||||
4879 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
4880 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||||||
4881 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||||||
4882 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4883 | |||||||||
4884 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4885 | } | ||||||||
4886 | |||||||||
4887 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||||||
4888 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||||||
4889 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4890 | |||||||||
4891 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||||||
4892 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||||||
4893 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||||||
4894 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||||||
4895 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||||||
4896 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||||||
4897 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||||||
4898 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||||
4899 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||||||
4900 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||||||
4901 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||||||
4902 | // initialization fails. | ||||||||
4903 | // | ||||||||
4904 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||||||
4905 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||||||
4906 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
4907 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
4908 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
4909 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
4910 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||||||
4911 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||||||
4912 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||||||
4913 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
4914 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||||||
4915 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||||||
4916 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4917 | } | ||||||||
4918 | |||||||||
4919 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||||||
4920 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||||||
4921 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||||||
4922 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||||||
4923 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||||||
4924 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||||||
4925 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||||||
4926 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4927 | |||||||||
4928 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||||||
4929 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||||||
4930 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && | ||||||||
4931 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { | ||||||||
4932 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4933 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4934 | } | ||||||||
4935 | |||||||||
4936 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||||||
4937 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||||||
4938 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||||||
4939 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||||||
4940 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||||||
4941 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||||||
4942 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||||||
4943 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||||||
4944 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||||||
4945 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||||||
4946 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
4947 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
4948 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
4949 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
4950 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
4951 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
4952 | |||||||||
4953 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||||||
4954 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||||||
4955 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
4956 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
4957 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
4958 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||||
4959 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
4960 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
4961 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||||||
4962 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||||||
4963 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||||||
4964 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||||||
4965 | |||||||||
4966 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||||||
4967 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||||||
4968 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||||||
4969 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||||||
4970 | // lvalue. | ||||||||
4971 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||||||
4972 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { | ||||||||
4973 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||||||
4974 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4975 | } | ||||||||
4976 | |||||||||
4977 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
4978 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||||||
4979 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
4980 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||||||
4981 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
4982 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
4983 | } | ||||||||
4984 | |||||||||
4985 | return ICS; | ||||||||
4986 | } | ||||||||
4987 | |||||||||
4988 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
4989 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
4990 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
4991 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
4992 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
4993 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||||||
4994 | |||||||||
4995 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||||||
4996 | /// initializer list From. | ||||||||
4997 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
4998 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
4999 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5000 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5001 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||||||
5002 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||||||
5003 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||||||
5004 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||||||
5005 | |||||||||
5006 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||||||
5007 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||||||
5008 | |||||||||
5009 | // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be | ||||||||
5010 | // initialized from init lists. | ||||||||
5011 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType)) | ||||||||
5012 | return Result; | ||||||||
5013 | |||||||||
5014 | // Per DR1467: | ||||||||
5015 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||||||
5016 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||||||
5017 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||||||
5018 | // to the parameter type. | ||||||||
5019 | // | ||||||||
5020 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||||||
5021 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||||||
5022 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||||||
5023 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||||
5024 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||||
5025 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
5026 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||||||
5027 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||||||
5028 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||||||
5029 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||||
5030 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5031 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5032 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5033 | } | ||||||||
5034 | |||||||||
5035 | if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)) { | ||||||||
5036 | if (S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||||||
5037 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
5038 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||||
5039 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
5040 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||||||
5041 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5042 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5043 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5044 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5045 | return Result; | ||||||||
5046 | } | ||||||||
5047 | } | ||||||||
5048 | } | ||||||||
5049 | } | ||||||||
5050 | |||||||||
5051 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||||||
5052 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||||||
5053 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||||||
5054 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||||||
5055 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||||||
5056 | // element of the list to X. | ||||||||
5057 | // | ||||||||
5058 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||||
5059 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||||||
5060 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||||||
5061 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||||||
5062 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||||||
5063 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||||||
5064 | // | ||||||||
5065 | // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks. | ||||||||
5066 | bool toStdInitializerList = false; | ||||||||
5067 | QualType X; | ||||||||
5068 | if (ToType->isArrayType()) | ||||||||
5069 | X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType(); | ||||||||
5070 | else | ||||||||
5071 | toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X); | ||||||||
5072 | if (!X.isNull()) { | ||||||||
5073 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||||||
5074 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||||||
5075 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5076 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5077 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5078 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5079 | // If a single element isn't convertible, fail. | ||||||||
5080 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||||
5081 | Result = ICS; | ||||||||
5082 | break; | ||||||||
5083 | } | ||||||||
5084 | // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion. | ||||||||
5085 | if (Result.isBad() || CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||||||
5086 | S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, Result) == | ||||||||
5087 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||||||
5088 | Result = ICS; | ||||||||
5089 | } | ||||||||
5090 | |||||||||
5091 | // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5092 | // Introduce the identity conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5093 | if (From->getNumInits() == 0) { | ||||||||
5094 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5095 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5096 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5097 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5098 | } | ||||||||
5099 | |||||||||
5100 | Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList); | ||||||||
5101 | return Result; | ||||||||
5102 | } | ||||||||
5103 | |||||||||
5104 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||||
5105 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||||||
5106 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||||||
5107 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||||||
5108 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||||||
5109 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||||||
5110 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5111 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||||
5112 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||||||
5113 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5114 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
5115 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5116 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
5117 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5118 | } | ||||||||
5119 | |||||||||
5120 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||||
5121 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||||||
5122 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||||||
5123 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5124 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5125 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||||||
5126 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||||||
5127 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||||||
5128 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||||||
5129 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||||||
5130 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||||||
5131 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||||||
5132 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||||||
5133 | From)) { | ||||||||
5134 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||||||
5135 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5136 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||||||
5137 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||||||
5138 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||||||
5139 | |||||||||
5140 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5141 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5142 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5143 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||||||
5144 | } | ||||||||
5145 | return Result; | ||||||||
5146 | } | ||||||||
5147 | |||||||||
5148 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||||
5149 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||||||
5150 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||||||
5151 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||||||
5152 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||||||
5153 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||||||
5154 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||||||
5155 | |||||||||
5156 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5157 | |||||||||
5158 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||||||
5159 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||||||
5160 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||||||
5161 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||||||
5162 | |||||||||
5163 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||||||
5164 | |||||||||
5165 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||||||
5166 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||||||
5167 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||||||
5168 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||||||
5169 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||||||
5170 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||||||
5171 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||||||
5172 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||||||
5173 | } | ||||||||
5174 | |||||||||
5175 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||||||
5176 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||||||
5177 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||||||
5178 | |||||||||
5179 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||||||
5180 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5181 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5182 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5183 | } | ||||||||
5184 | } | ||||||||
5185 | |||||||||
5186 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||||||
5187 | // initializer list. | ||||||||
5188 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5189 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5190 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5191 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||||||
5192 | return Result; | ||||||||
5193 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5194 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")((!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5195 | |||||||||
5196 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||||||
5197 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||||||
5198 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||||||
5199 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||||||
5200 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||||||
5201 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
5202 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||||||
5203 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||||||
5204 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
5205 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||||||
5206 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||||||
5207 | } else | ||||||||
5208 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||||||
5209 | From, ToType); | ||||||||
5210 | return Result; | ||||||||
5211 | } | ||||||||
5212 | |||||||||
5213 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||||
5214 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||||||
5215 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||||||
5216 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
5217 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||||||
5218 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||||||
5219 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||||||
5220 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||||||
5221 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||||||
5222 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||||||
5223 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5224 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5225 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5226 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5227 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||||||
5228 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||||||
5229 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5230 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5231 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||||||
5232 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||||||
5233 | } | ||||||||
5234 | return Result; | ||||||||
5235 | } | ||||||||
5236 | |||||||||
5237 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||||||
5238 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||||||
5239 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||||||
5240 | return Result; | ||||||||
5241 | } | ||||||||
5242 | |||||||||
5243 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||||||
5244 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5245 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||||||
5246 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||||||
5247 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||||||
5248 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||||||
5249 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5250 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||||||
5251 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5252 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5253 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
5254 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||||||
5255 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||||||
5256 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5257 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||||||
5258 | |||||||||
5259 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||||||
5260 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
5261 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5262 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||||||
5263 | |||||||||
5264 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||||||
5265 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||||||
5266 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||||||
5267 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||||||
5268 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5269 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||||||
5270 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5271 | } | ||||||||
5272 | |||||||||
5273 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||||||
5274 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||||||
5275 | Sema &S, | ||||||||
5276 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||||||
5277 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||||||
5278 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||||||
5279 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5280 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||||||
5281 | |||||||||
5282 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||||||
5283 | } | ||||||||
5284 | |||||||||
5285 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||||||
5286 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||||||
5287 | /// expression @p From. | ||||||||
5288 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5289 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||||||
5290 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||||||
5291 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||||||
5292 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||||||
5293 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||||||
5294 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||||||
5295 | // const volatile object. | ||||||||
5296 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5297 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||||||
5298 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||||||
5299 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||||||
5300 | } | ||||||||
5301 | |||||||||
5302 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||||||
5303 | |||||||||
5304 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||||||
5305 | // to exit early. | ||||||||
5306 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||||||
5307 | |||||||||
5308 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||||||
5309 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5310 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5311 | |||||||||
5312 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||||||
5313 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||||||
5314 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())((FromClassification.isLValue()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5314, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5315 | } | ||||||||
5316 | |||||||||
5317 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())((FromType->isRecordType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5317, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5318 | |||||||||
5319 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||||||
5320 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||||||
5321 | // parameter is | ||||||||
5322 | // | ||||||||
5323 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||||||
5324 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||||||
5325 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||||||
5326 | // ref-qualifier | ||||||||
5327 | // | ||||||||
5328 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||||||
5329 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||||||
5330 | // | ||||||||
5331 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||||||
5332 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||||||
5333 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||||||
5334 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||||||
5335 | // non-constant references. | ||||||||
5336 | |||||||||
5337 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||||||
5338 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||||||
5339 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||||||
5340 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||||||
5341 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||||||
5342 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||||
5343 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5344 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5345 | } | ||||||||
5346 | |||||||||
5347 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||||||
5348 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5349 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5350 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||||||
5351 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||||||
5352 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5353 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5354 | } | ||||||||
5355 | } | ||||||||
5356 | |||||||||
5357 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||||||
5358 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||||||
5359 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||||||
5360 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||||||
5361 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||||||
5362 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
5363 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||||||
5364 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||||||
5365 | else { | ||||||||
5366 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||||||
5367 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5368 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5369 | } | ||||||||
5370 | |||||||||
5371 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||||||
5372 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||||||
5373 | case RQ_None: | ||||||||
5374 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||||||
5375 | break; | ||||||||
5376 | |||||||||
5377 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||||||
5378 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||||||
5379 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||||||
5380 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||||||
5381 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5382 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5383 | } | ||||||||
5384 | break; | ||||||||
5385 | |||||||||
5386 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||||||
5387 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||||||
5388 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||||||
5389 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||||||
5390 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5391 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5392 | } | ||||||||
5393 | break; | ||||||||
5394 | } | ||||||||
5395 | |||||||||
5396 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||||||
5397 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||||||
5398 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||||||
5399 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||||||
5400 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||||||
5401 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||||||
5402 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||||||
5403 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||||||
5404 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||||||
5405 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||||||
5406 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||||||
5407 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||||||
5408 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||||||
5409 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5410 | } | ||||||||
5411 | |||||||||
5412 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||||||
5413 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||||||
5414 | /// expression. | ||||||||
5415 | ExprResult | ||||||||
5416 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||||||
5417 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||||||
5418 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||||||
5419 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||||||
5420 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||||||
5421 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||||||
5422 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5423 | |||||||||
5424 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||||||
5425 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||||||
5426 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5427 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||||||
5428 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||||||
5429 | } else { | ||||||||
5430 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||||||
5431 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||||||
5432 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||||||
5433 | |||||||||
5434 | // When performing member access on an rvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||||||
5435 | if (From->isRValue()) { | ||||||||
5436 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||||||
5437 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||||||
5438 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||||||
5439 | } | ||||||||
5440 | } | ||||||||
5441 | |||||||||
5442 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||||||
5443 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||||||
5444 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||||||
5445 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||||||
5446 | Method->getParent()); | ||||||||
5447 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||||||
5448 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||||||
5449 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||||||
5450 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5451 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5452 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||||||
5453 | if (CVR) { | ||||||||
5454 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||||||
5455 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||||||
5456 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5457 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
5458 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
5459 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5460 | } | ||||||||
5461 | break; | ||||||||
5462 | } | ||||||||
5463 | |||||||||
5464 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||||||
5465 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||||||
5466 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||||||
5467 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||||||
5468 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||||||
5469 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||||||
5470 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||||||
5471 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||||||
5472 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||||||
5473 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5474 | } | ||||||||
5475 | |||||||||
5476 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||||||
5477 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||||||
5478 | break; | ||||||||
5479 | } | ||||||||
5480 | |||||||||
5481 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||||||
5482 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||||||
5483 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5484 | } | ||||||||
5485 | |||||||||
5486 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||||||
5487 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||||||
5488 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||||||
5489 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5490 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5491 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||||||
5492 | } | ||||||||
5493 | |||||||||
5494 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||||||
5495 | CastKind CK; | ||||||||
5496 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||||||
5497 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||||||
5498 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||||||
5499 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||||||
5500 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||||||
5501 | else | ||||||||
5502 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||||||
5503 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||||||
5504 | } | ||||||||
5505 | return From; | ||||||||
5506 | } | ||||||||
5507 | |||||||||
5508 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||||||
5509 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||||
5510 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5511 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5512 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||||||
5513 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||||||
5514 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||||||
5515 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||||||
5516 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||||||
5517 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||||||
5518 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
5519 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||||||
5520 | |||||||||
5521 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||||||
5522 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||||||
5523 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||||||
5524 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
5525 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||||
5526 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
5527 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5528 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
5529 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5530 | } | ||||||||
5531 | |||||||||
5532 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||||||
5533 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||||||
5534 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5535 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
5536 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5537 | |||||||||
5538 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||||||
5539 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||||
5540 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5541 | |||||||||
5542 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||||||
5543 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||||||
5544 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5545 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5546 | } | ||||||||
5547 | |||||||||
5548 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||||||
5549 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||||||
5550 | /// is acceptable. | ||||||||
5551 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||||||
5552 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
5553 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||||||
5554 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||||||
5555 | // conversions are fine. | ||||||||
5556 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||||||
5557 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||||||
5558 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||||||
5559 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||||||
5560 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||||||
5561 | return true; | ||||||||
5562 | |||||||||
5563 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||||||
5564 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||||||
5565 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||||||
5566 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||||||
5567 | // | ||||||||
5568 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||||||
5569 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||||||
5570 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||||||
5571 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
5572 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||||||
5573 | |||||||||
5574 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
5575 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||||||
5576 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||||||
5577 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||||||
5578 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||||||
5579 | |||||||||
5580 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||||||
5581 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||||||
5582 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||||||
5583 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||||||
5584 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||||||
5585 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||||||
5586 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||||||
5587 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||||
5588 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||||||
5589 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||||||
5590 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||||||
5591 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
5592 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||||||
5593 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||||||
5594 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||||||
5595 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||||||
5596 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||||||
5597 | return false; | ||||||||
5598 | |||||||||
5599 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||||||
5600 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||||||
5601 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||||||
5602 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5602); | ||||||||
5603 | |||||||||
5604 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||||||
5605 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||||||
5606 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5606); | ||||||||
5607 | |||||||||
5608 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||||||
5609 | break; | ||||||||
5610 | } | ||||||||
5611 | |||||||||
5612 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5612); | ||||||||
5613 | } | ||||||||
5614 | |||||||||
5615 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||||||
5616 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||||||
5617 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||||||
5618 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||||||
5619 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||||||
5620 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||||||
5621 | bool RequireInt, | ||||||||
5622 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||||
5623 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5624, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5624 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5624, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5625 | |||||||||
5626 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||||||
5627 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5628 | |||||||||
5629 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||||||
5630 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||||||
5631 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||||||
5632 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||||||
5633 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||||||
5634 | // C++1z [stmt.if]p2: | ||||||||
5635 | // If the if statement is of the form if constexpr, the value of the | ||||||||
5636 | // condition shall be a contextually converted constant expression of type | ||||||||
5637 | // bool. | ||||||||
5638 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5639 | CCE == Sema::CCEK_ConstexprIf || CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool | ||||||||
5640 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||||||
5641 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||||||
5642 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
5643 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
5644 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
5645 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||||||
5646 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||||||
5647 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
5648 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
5649 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||||||
5650 | break; | ||||||||
5651 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
5652 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
5653 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||||||
5654 | else | ||||||||
5655 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||||||
5656 | break; | ||||||||
5657 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
5658 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
5659 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||||||
5660 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5661 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||||||
5662 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
5663 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5664 | |||||||||
5665 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
5666 | llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5666); | ||||||||
5667 | } | ||||||||
5668 | |||||||||
5669 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||||||
5670 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||||||
5671 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5672 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||||||
5673 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
5674 | } | ||||||||
5675 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||||||
5676 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||||||
5677 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||||||
5678 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||||||
5679 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||||||
5680 | } | ||||||||
5681 | |||||||||
5682 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||||||
5683 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||||||
5684 | // class type. | ||||||||
5685 | ExprResult Result; | ||||||||
5686 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||||||
5687 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5688, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||||||
5688 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")((CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5688, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5689 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||||||
5690 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||||||
5691 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||||||
5692 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||||||
5693 | } else { | ||||||||
5694 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5695 | } | ||||||||
5696 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5697 | return Result; | ||||||||
5698 | |||||||||
5699 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||||||
5700 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||||||
5701 | Result = | ||||||||
5702 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||||||
5703 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||||||
5704 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||||||
5705 | return Result; | ||||||||
5706 | |||||||||
5707 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||||||
5708 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||||||
5709 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||||||
5710 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||||||
5711 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||||||
5712 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||||||
5713 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5714 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||||||
5715 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||||||
5716 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5717 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||||||
5718 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||||||
5719 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5720 | break; | ||||||||
5721 | |||||||||
5722 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5723 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||||||
5724 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||||||
5725 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||||||
5726 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||||||
5727 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||||||
5728 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||||||
5729 | break; | ||||||||
5730 | } | ||||||||
5731 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||||
5732 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||||||
5733 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||||||
5734 | break; | ||||||||
5735 | |||||||||
5736 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||||||
5737 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||||||
5738 | // constant expression. | ||||||||
5739 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||||||
5740 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||||||
5741 | break; | ||||||||
5742 | } | ||||||||
5743 | |||||||||
5744 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||||||
5745 | Value = APValue(); | ||||||||
5746 | return Result; | ||||||||
5747 | } | ||||||||
5748 | |||||||||
5749 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||||||
5750 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||||||
5751 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||||||
5752 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||||||
5753 | |||||||||
5754 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||||||
5755 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||||||
5756 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||||
5757 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||||||
5758 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||||||
5759 | else | ||||||||
5760 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||||||
5761 | |||||||||
5762 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||||||
5763 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||||||
5764 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||||||
5765 | // the AST. | ||||||||
5766 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||||||
5767 | } else { | ||||||||
5768 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||||||
5769 | |||||||||
5770 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||||||
5771 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||||||
5772 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||||||
5773 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||||||
5774 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||||||
5775 | return E; | ||||||||
5776 | } | ||||||||
5777 | } | ||||||||
5778 | |||||||||
5779 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||||||
5780 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||||||
5781 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||||||
5782 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||||||
5783 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||||||
5784 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||||||
5785 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||||||
5786 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||||
5787 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||||
5788 | } else { | ||||||||
5789 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||||||
5790 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||||||
5791 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||||||
5792 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||||||
5793 | } | ||||||||
5794 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5795 | } | ||||||||
5796 | |||||||||
5797 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||||
5798 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||||||
5799 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||||||
5800 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||||||
5801 | Dest); | ||||||||
5802 | } | ||||||||
5803 | |||||||||
5804 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||||||
5805 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||||||
5806 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||||||
5807 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")((T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210223111116+16ede0956cb1/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5807, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||||||
5808 | |||||||||
5809 | APValue V; | ||||||||
5810 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||||||
5811 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||||||
5812 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||||||
5813 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||||||
5814 | return R; | ||||||||
5815 | } | ||||||||
5816 | |||||||||
5817 | |||||||||
5818 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||||||
5819 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||||||
5820 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||||||
5821 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||||||
5822 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||||||
5823 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
5824 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||||||
5825 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||||||
5826 | } | ||||||||
5827 | } | ||||||||
5828 | |||||||||
5829 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||||||
5830 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
5831 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||||||
5832 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5833 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||||||
5834 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
5835 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||||||
5836 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||||||
5837 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||||||
5838 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||||||
5839 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||||||
5840 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||||||
5841 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||||||
5842 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||||||
5843 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||||||
5844 | |||||||||
5845 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||||||
5846 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||||||
5847 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||||||
5848 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||||||
5849 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||||||
5850 | break; | ||||||||
5851 | |||||||||
5852 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||||||
5853 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||||||
5854 | break; | ||||||||
5855 | |||||||||
5856 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||||||
5857 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||||||
5858 | break; | ||||||||
5859 | } | ||||||||
5860 | |||||||||
5861 | return ICS; | ||||||||
5862 | } | ||||||||
5863 | |||||||||
5864 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||||||
5865 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||||||
5866 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||||||
5867 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||||||
5868 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||||||
5869 | return ExprError(); | ||||||||
5870 | |||||||||
5871 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||||||
5872 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||||||
5873 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||||||
5874 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||||||
5875 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||||||
5876 | return ExprResult(); | ||||||||
5877 | } | ||||||||
5878 | |||||||||
5879 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||||||
5880 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||||||
5881 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||||||
5882 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||||||
5883 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||||||
5884 | } | ||||||||
5885 | |||||||||
5886 | static ExprResult | ||||||||
5887 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||||||
5888 | Sema::ContextualImpl |